CLI Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsPowerSwitch Z9100-ON

Dell Networking Command Line Reference

Guide for the Z9100–ON System

9.8(1.0)

Summary of content (1747 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Networking Command Line Reference Guide for the Z9100–ON System 9.8(1.
PAGE 2
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright © 2015 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide................................................................................................. 40 Objectives............................................................................................................................................40 Audience............................................................................................................................................. 40 Conventions...................................................................
PAGE 4
upgrade boot...................................................................................................................................... 84 verify.................................................................................................................................................... 86 4 Control and Monitoring.................................................................................... 88 banner exec................................................................................
PAGE 5
show inventory..................................................................................................................................136 show login statistics.......................................................................................................................... 137 show memory................................................................................................................................... 140 show processes cpu...................................................
PAGE 6
Commands Common to all ACL Types........................................................................................... 189 remark..........................................................................................................................................189 show config................................................................................................................................. 191 Common IP ACL Commands.....................................................................
PAGE 7
clear ip prefix-list........................................................................................................................ 250 deny............................................................................................................................................. 250 ip prefix-list..................................................................................................................................252 seq..................................................................
PAGE 8
permit icmp (for Extended IP ACLs).................................................................................................298 permit udp (for Extended IP ACLs)...................................................................................................299 permit (for Extended IP ACLs).......................................................................................................... 301 permit (for Standard MAC ACLs).......................................................................
PAGE 9
Border Gateway Protocol...............................................................................346 BGP IPv4 Commands....................................................................................................................... 346 address-family.............................................................................................................................346 aggregate-address.......................................................................................................
PAGE 10
maximum-paths......................................................................................................................... 388 neighbor activate........................................................................................................................ 389 neighbor add-path......................................................................................................................390 neighbor advertisement-interval.............................................................
PAGE 11
show ip bgp extcommunity-list..................................................................................................441 show ip bgp filter-list..................................................................................................................443 show ip bgp flap-statistics..........................................................................................................445 show ip bgp inconsistent-as............................................................................
PAGE 12
clear pfc counters.......................................................................................................................490 pfc no-drop queues.................................................................................................................... 491 pfc priority................................................................................................................................... 492 show dcb............................................................................
PAGE 13
show hardware ip........................................................................................................................530 show hardware ipv6....................................................................................................................530 show hardware stack-unit.......................................................................................................... 531 show hardware buffer...............................................................................
PAGE 14
ip dhcp snooping database.........................................................................................................572 ipv6 dhcp snooping database write-delay................................................................................. 573 ip dhcp snooping database renew............................................................................................. 573 ipv6 dhcp snooping database renew.........................................................................................
PAGE 15
fip-snooping enable......................................................................................................................... 607 fip-snooping fc-map........................................................................................................................608 fip-snooping max-sessions-per-enodemac...................................................................................609 fip-snooping port-mode fcf.........................................................................
PAGE 16
ip igmp access-group.................................................................................................................649 ip igmp immediate-leave........................................................................................................... 650 ip igmp last-member-query-interval......................................................................................... 651 ip igmp query-interval..........................................................................................
PAGE 17
monitor interface........................................................................................................................ 700 mtu...............................................................................................................................................703 negotiation auto..........................................................................................................................705 portmode hybrid...............................................................
PAGE 18
clear ip route..................................................................................................................................... 764 clear tcp statistics..............................................................................................................................765 debug arp.......................................................................................................................................... 766 debug ip dhcp.............................................
PAGE 19
show ip traffic................................................................................................................................... 829 show tcp statistics.............................................................................................................................832 24 IPv6 Basics.......................................................................................................835 cam-ipv6 extended-prefix...................................................................
PAGE 20
distribute-list redistributed-override................................................................................................876 domain-password............................................................................................................................. 877 graceful-restart ietf...........................................................................................................................878 graceful-restart interval........................................................
PAGE 21
show isis graceful-restart detail....................................................................................................... 922 show isis hostname.......................................................................................................................... 924 show isis interface............................................................................................................................ 924 show isis neighbors...........................................................
PAGE 22
fefd...............................................................................................................................................970 fefd disable...................................................................................................................................971 fefd interval..................................................................................................................................972 fefd mode..........................................................
PAGE 23
clear ip msdp sa-cache.................................................................................................................. 1009 clear ip msdp statistic..................................................................................................................... 1010 ip msdp cache-rejected-sa.............................................................................................................1011 ip msdp default-peer.................................................................
PAGE 24
34 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP)........................................................ 1052 IPv6 Router Advertisement (RA) Guard.......................................................................................... 1052 clear ipv6 neighbors..................................................................................................................1053 debug ipv6 nd ra-guard............................................................................................................
PAGE 25
track ipv6 route reachability.....................................................................................................1090 track resolution ipv6 route....................................................................................................... 1092 36 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3).................................... 1094 OSPFv2 Commands.......................................................................................................................
PAGE 26
redistribute................................................................................................................................. 1135 redistribute bgp......................................................................................................................... 1136 redistribute isis........................................................................................................................... 1138 router-id...................................................................
PAGE 27
ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject.................................................................................. 1200 ipv6 ospf hello-interval.............................................................................................................1200 ipv6 ospf priority........................................................................................................................1201 ipv6 router ospf.......................................................................................
PAGE 28
ip pim spt-threshold................................................................................................................. 1248 show ip pim bsr-router.............................................................................................................1249 show ip pim interface............................................................................................................... 1250 show ip pim neighbor...............................................................................
PAGE 29
service-class bandwidth-percentage.......................................................................................1297 service-class dot1p-mapping...................................................................................................1298 show qos dot1p-queue-mapping............................................................................................ 1298 Per-Port QoS Commands............................................................................................................
PAGE 30
trust............................................................................................................................................1344 wred...........................................................................................................................................1346 wred ecn.................................................................................................................................... 1347 wred weight.........................................................
PAGE 31
version............................................................................................................................................. 1389 44 Remote Monitoring (RMON)...................................................................... 1391 rmon alarm...................................................................................................................................... 1391 rmon collection history.................................................................................
PAGE 32
privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode).................................................................................1433 privilege level (LINE mode)....................................................................................................... 1434 Obscure Password Commands......................................................................................................1435 service obscure-passwords.................................................................................................
PAGE 33
dot1x guest-vlan........................................................................................................................1477 dot1x mac-auth-bypass............................................................................................................1478 dot1x max-eap-req................................................................................................................... 1479 dot1x port-control.................................................................................
PAGE 34
ip dhcp snooping vlan............................................................................................................... 1518 show ip dhcp snooping.............................................................................................................1519 Role-Based Access Control Commands....................................................................................... 1520 aaa authorization role-only.....................................................................................
PAGE 35
snmp-server location................................................................................................................1564 snmp-server packetsize............................................................................................................1565 snmp-server trap-source......................................................................................................... 1566 snmp-server user..........................................................................................
PAGE 36
storm-control multicast (Interface)................................................................................................1613 storm-control unknown-unicast (Configuration)......................................................................... 1614 storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface)..................................................................................1615 52 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP).................................................................... 1617 bridge-priority...
PAGE 37
tunnel dscp......................................................................................................................................1657 tunnel flow-label............................................................................................................................ 1658 tunnel hop-limit..............................................................................................................................1659 tunnel keepalive....................................................
PAGE 38
vlt-peer-mac transmit.................................................................................................................... 1696 show vlt-proxy-gateway.................................................................................................................1697 58 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT)........................................................................ 1699 back-up destination.....................................................................................................
PAGE 39
vrrp delay minimum.................................................................................................................. 1738 vrrp delay reload........................................................................................................................1738 vrrp-group................................................................................................................................. 1739 version................................................................................
PAGE 40
1 About this Guide This guide provides information about the Dell Networking operating system command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 41
parameter Parameters are in italics and require a number or word to be entered in the CLI. {X} Keywords and parameters within braces must be entered in the CLI. [X] Keywords and parameters within brackets are optional. x|y Keywords and parameters separated by a bar require you to choose one option. x||y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar allow you to choose any or all of the options.
PAGE 42
CLI Basics 2 This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols. Accessing the Command Line Access the CLI through a serial console port or a Telnet session. When the system successfully boots, enter the command line in EXEC mode.
PAGE 43
User "" on line User "admin" on User "admin" on User "Irene" on Dell#conf console0 line vty0 ( 123.12.1.123 ) line vty1 ( 123.12.1.123 ) line vty3 ( 123.12.1.321 ) When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2.
PAGE 44
mroute msdp multicast-limit multicast-msdp multicast-routing name-server pim prefix-list radius redirect-list route route-export route-import scp source-route header options ssh tacacs tcp telnet tftp unicast-host-route family unknown-unicast CPU vlan-flooding vrf Multicast routes and counters Multicast source discovery protocol Max entries in Multicast TIB Enable IP multicast MSDP protocol Enable IP multicast forwarding Specify addess of name server to use Protocol Independent Multicast Build a prefix lis
PAGE 45
Key Combination Action CNTL-P Recalls commands, beginning with the last command. CNTL-R Re-enters the previous command. CNTL-U Deletes the line. CNTL-W Deletes the previous word. CNTL-X Deletes the line. CNTL-Z Ends continuous scrolling of the command outputs. Esc B Moves the cursor back one word. Esc F Moves the cursor forward one word. Esc D Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the word.
PAGE 46
NOTE: The Dell Networking OS accepts a space before or after the pipe, no space before or after the pipe, or any combination. For example: command | grep gigabit |except regularexpression | find regular-expression. except Displays only the text that does not match the pattern (or regular expression). find Searches for the first occurrence of a pattern. grep Displays text that matches a pattern. The grep command option has an ignore-case suboption that makes the search case-insensitive.
PAGE 47
this enabling or disabling method is available. You can enable or disable the VRF application globally across the system by using this capability. Activate the VRF application on a device by using the feature vrf command in CONFIGURATION mode. NOTE: The no feature vrf command is not supported on any of the platforms. To enable the VRF feature and cause all VRF-related commands to be available or viewable in the CLI interface, use the following command.
PAGE 48
Usage Information Activate the VRF application on a device using the feature vrf command in CONFIGURATION mode. The no feature vrf command is not supported on any platform. show feature Verify the status of software applications, such as VRF, that are activated and running on a device. Syntax show feature Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 49
2. Enter the address-family command. 3. Enter the protocol type: • For IPv4, enter the ipv4 multicast command. The prompt changes to include (confrouter_bgp_af) for IPv4. CLASS-MAP Mode To create or configure a class map, use CLASS-MAP mode. For more information, see Policy-Based QoS Commands. To enter CLASS-MAP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the class-map command, and then enter the class map name. The prompt changes to include (config-class-map).
PAGE 50
DHCP POOL Mode To create an address pool, use DHCP POOL mode. For more information, seeDynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). To enter DHCP POOL mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to DHCP mode. 2. Enter the pool command then the pool name. The prompt changes to include (config-dhcp-poolname). You can return to DHCP mode by using the exit command. ECMP GROUP Mode To enable or configure traffic distribution monitoring on an ECMP link bundle, use ECMP GROUP mode.
PAGE 51
can access CONFIGURATION mode to configure interfaces, routes and protocols on the switch. While you are logged in to EXEC Privilege mode, the # prompt is displayed. EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Mode To enable and configure a BGP extended community, use EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST mode. To enter EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip extcommunity-list command then a community list name. The prompt changes to include (conf-ext-community-list).
PAGE 52
Prompt Interface Type Dell(conf-iffi-1/1/1)# Fifty-Gigabit Ethernet interface then slot/port/subport information Dell(conf-ifhu-1/1)# Hundred-Gigabit Ethernet interface then slot/port information Dell(conf-iflo-0)# Loopback interface number Dell(conf-ifnu-0)# Null Interface then zero Dell(conf-ifpo-1)# Port-channel interface number The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 53
To enter LLDP mode: 1. To enable LLDP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. To enable LLDP on an interface, verify that you are logged in to INTERFACE mode. 2. Enter the protocol lldp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-lldp) or (conf-ifinterface-lldp). LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on management interfaces, use LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode. To enter LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode: 1.
PAGE 54
MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE (MSTP) Mode To enable and configure MSTP, use MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. For more information, see Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP). To enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command. The prompt changes to include (confmstp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
PAGE 55
To enter PREFIX-LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip prefix-list command and the name for the prefix list. The prompt changes to include (conf-nprefixl). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PROTOCOL GVRP Mode To enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), use PROTOCOL GVRP mode. For more information, see GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP). To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1.
PAGE 56
ROUTER ISIS Mode To enable and configure Intermediate System to Intermediate System (ISIS), use ROUTER ISIS mode. For more information, see Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS). To enter ROUTER ISIS mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the router isis command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_isis). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER OSPF Mode To configure OSPF, use ROUTER OSPF mode.
PAGE 57
To enter SPANNING TREE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree stp-id command. The prompt changes to include (conf-stp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. TRACE-LIST Mode To configure a Trace list, use TRACE-LIST mode. To enter TRACE-LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip trace-list command, and the name of the Trace list. The prompt changes to include (conf-trace-acl).
PAGE 58
3 File Management This section contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files, as well as other file management commands. boot system Specify the location where the Dell Networking OS image used to boot the system is stored.
PAGE 59
usbflash Enter the keyword usbflash: to retrieve the image from the USB flash memory. usbflash://filename. tftp: Enter the keyword TFTP: to retrieve the image from a TFTP server. tftp://hostip/filepath. A: | B: Enter A: or B: to boot one of the system partitions. bmp-boot Enter the keyword bmp-boot to boot the system, when the you are not sure about the partition that contains image from DHCP offer. NOTE: In normal-reload, this keyword is not enabled. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 60
Parameters flash: Use the keyword flash: to change the current directory to internal flash and its sub directories. usbflash: Use the keyword usbflash: to change the current directory to the inserted USB. directory name and path Enter the directory name and path as follows: directory name ([[flash://]directory_path]) NOTE: The cd command without any arguments will change the current directory to flash: Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 61
ftp: Enter the keyword ftp: to copy from the remote file system, IPv4, or IPv6, (ftp://userid:password@hostip/ filepath) . http: Enter the keyword http: to copy from the remote file system, IPv4, or IPv6, (http://hostip/filepath) . nfsmount: Enter the keyword nfsmount: to copy from the nfs mount file system (nfsmount:///filepath). running-config Enter the keywords running-config to copy from the current system configuration.
PAGE 62
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added usbflash and rpm0usbflash commands on ESeries. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and added the SSH port number to the SCP prompt sequence on all systems. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information Dell Networking OS supports a maximum of 100 files at the root directory level on both the internal and external flash.
PAGE 63
secure server running secure shell (SSH), so you are prompted for the user datagram protocol (UDP) port of the SSH server on the remote host. Example Dell# copy running-config nfsmount:///filepath Destination file name [test.txt]: User name to login remote host: usrname Password to login remote host: Dell# Example Dell# copy scp: flash: Address or name of remote host []: 10.11.199.134 Port number of the server [22]: 99 Source file name []: test.
PAGE 64
NOTE: While deleting a file directory on a remote NFS file system, you must specify the mount-point that indicates the working directory on the NFS file system. You cannot delete the root directory of the remote NFS file system. usbflash: To delete a file or directory on the external USB flash, enter usbflash:// then the filename or directory name ([usbflash://]filepath).
PAGE 65
Parameters flash: For a directory on the internal Flash, enter flash:// directory name. nfsmount: For a file or directory on an NFS-mounted file system, enter nfsmount:// then the mount point and file path. NOTE: While displaying a file directory on a remote NFS file system, it is mandatory to specify the mount-point that indicates the working directory on the NFS file system. You cannot display details corresponding to the root directory of the remote NFS file system.
PAGE 66
8 -rwx 4625 Nov 06 2014 06:55:28 +00:00 startup-config 9 drwx 4096 May 31 2013 02:49:46 +00:00 CONFD_LOG_DIR flash: 2056916992 bytes total (2052784128 bytes free) Dell# Example (NFS Mount) Dell# dir nfsmount: Directory of nfsmount: 1 2 drwx drwx 512 512 Jun 15 2015 02:47:57 +00:00 . Jun 15 2015 02:47:57 +00:00 .. nfsmount: 1463410688 bytes total (585719808 bytes free) Dell# Related Commands • cd — changes the working directory. format Erase all existing files and reformat the file system.
PAGE 67
After reformatting is complete, three empty directories are automatically created on flash: CRASH_LOG_DIR, TRACE_LOG_DIR and NVTRACE_LOG_DIR. CAUTION: This command deletes all files, including the startup configuration file. So, after executing this command, consider saving the running config as the startup config (use the write memory command or copy running-config startup-config command). Related Commands • copy – copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal.
PAGE 68
Usage Information Include the colon (:) when entering this command. This command checks the specified flash memory for errors. If errors are found, the command recommends that you format the flash. CAUTION: If you elect to format the flash, all files – including the startup configuration file – are lost.
PAGE 69
Parameters Enter the following location keywords and information: rhost:path Enter the remote hosts’s path directory. mount-point Enter the folder name in the local file system. username (OPTIONAL) Enter the user name to access the device. password (OPTIONAL) Enter the password. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 70
Example Related Commands Dell# rmdir nfsmount:/nfs-mountpoint/guest Proceed to remove the directory [confirm yes/no]: yes Dell# • mkdir – create a directory. rename Rename a file in the local file system. Syntax Parameters rename url url url Enter the following keywords and a filename: • For a file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. • For a file on an NFS mounted file system, enter nfsmount:// followed by the mount point and file path.
PAGE 71
show boot system Displays information about boot images currently configured on the system. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example show boot system stack-unit{stack-unit—id | all} all Enter the keyword all to display the boot image information for all stack units. stack-unit-id Enter the stack-unit-id to display boot image information for a stack-unit. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 72
show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters. Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example 72 Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 73
show file-systems Display information about the file systems on the system. Syntax show file-systems Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 74
Field Description Type Displays the type of storage. If the location is remote, the word network is listed. Flags Displays the access available to the storage location. The following letters indicate the level of access: Prefixes Related Commands • • r = read access • w = write access Displays the name of the storage location. format flash – erases all the existing files and reformats the file system in the internal flash memory.
PAGE 75
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime Z-Series:Z9100-ON 9.8(1.
PAGE 76
show running-config Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values. Syntax Parameters show running-config [entity] [configured] [status] [compressed] entity (OPTIONAL) To display that entity’s current (non-default) configuration, enter one of the following keywords: NOTE: If you did not configure anything that entity, nothing displays and the prompt returns.
PAGE 77
File Management hypervisor for the current hypervisor configuration igmp for the current IGMP configuration interface for the current interface configuration interface port-channel for the current port-channel interface configuration. interface tunnel for all configured tunnels. For a specific tunnel, enter the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383.
PAGE 78
po-failovergroup for the current port-channel failover-group configuration prefix-list for the current prefix-list configuration privilege for the current privilege configuration qos-policyinput for the current input QoS policy configuration qos-policyoutput for the current output QoS policy configuration radius for the current RADIUS configuration redirect-list for the current redirect-list configuration redundancy for the current RPM redundancy configuration resolve for the current DN
PAGE 79
vlt for the current VLT configuration wred-profile for the current wred-profile configuration configured (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword configuration to display line card interfaces with non-default configurations only. status (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword status to display the checksum for the running configuration and the start-up configuration. compressed (Optional) Enter the keyword compressed to display the compressed group configuration.
PAGE 80
Example Dell# show running-config Current Configuration ... ! Version 9-0(2-0) ! Last configuration change at Thu Apr 18 10:18:39 2013 by admin ! Startup-config last updated at Thu Apr 18 10:18:40 2013 by admin ! boot system stack-unit 1 primary system: A: boot system stack-unit 1 secondary tftp://10.16.127.35/DellSI-9-0-2-0.bin boot system stack-unit 1 default system: A: boot system gateway 10.16.132.
PAGE 81
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Expanded to include the last configuration change, start-up last updated (date and time), and who made the change. Dell#show startup-config ! Version 9.8(1.
PAGE 82
Command Fields Example (Z9100– ON) Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Lines Beginning With Description Dell Real Time ... Name of the operating system Dell Operating...
PAGE 83
System Type: Z9100-ON Control Processor: Intel Rangeley with 3 Gbytes (3177185280 bytes) of memory, core(s) 2. 8G bytes of boot flash memory. 1 34-port TE/TF/FO/FI/HU G (Z9100-ON) 2 Ten GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) 32 Hundred GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) Dell# upgrade system Upgrade the system image.
PAGE 84
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0(0.0) Added support for IPv6 for the file-url parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 85
bootselectorimage Enter the keyword bootselector-image to upgrade the BIOS system image. stack-unit-id Enter the stack–unit–id to upgrade only the mentioned stack-unit . all Enter the keywords all to upgrade the member stackunits. booted Enter the keyword booted to upgrade from the current image on the device. ftp: Enter the keyword ftp to follow it with the location of the source file in this form: //userid:password@hostip/filepath, or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
PAGE 86
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information You must reload Dell Networking OS after executing this command. Example Dell#upgrade boot ? all Upgrade both boot flash image and selector image bootflash-image Upgrade boot flash image bootselector-image Upgrade boot selector image Dell# verify Validate the software image on the flash drive after the image has been transferred to the system, but before the image has been installed.
PAGE 87
Example • verify sha256 flash://img-file • verify sha256 flash://img-file Without Entering the Hash Value for Verification using SHA256 Dell# verify sha256 flash://FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin SHA256 hash for FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin: e6328c06faf814e6899ceead219afbf9360e986d692988023b749e6b2093e933 Entering the Hash Value for Verification using SHA256 Dell# verify sha256 flash://FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin e6328c06faf814e6899ceead219afbf9360e986d692988023b749e6b2093e933 SHA256 hash VERIFIED for FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.
PAGE 88
4 Control and Monitoring This section contains command information to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP). banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command. Parameters c Enter the keywords banner exec, then enter a character delineator, represented here by the letter c. Press ENTER.
PAGE 89
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original Command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first.
PAGE 90
Parameters keyboardinteractive Enter the keyboard-interactive keyword and then press Enter (carriage return) to retrieve the message banner prompt. c Enter a delineator character to specify the start and end of the text banner. You cannot use the delineator character in the banner message. line Enter text string for your text banner message, with a maximum of 50 lines and up to 255 characters per line. Defaults No banner is configured and a carriage return (CR) is required when creating a banner.
PAGE 91
Dell(conf)#banner login keyboard-interactive Enter TEXT message. End with the character '%'. This is the banner% Dell(conf)#end Dell#exit 2d18h5m: %STKUNIT1-M:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated on console This is the banner Dell con0 now available Press RETURN to get started. 2d18h5m: %STKUNIT1-M:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful on console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands • banner motd — sets a Message of the Day banner.
PAGE 92
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character.
PAGE 93
• EtsAcl : 0 • FcoeAcl : 0 • ipv4pbr : 0 • vrfv4Acl : 0 • Openflow : 0 • fedgovacl : 0 • nlbclusteracl: 0 Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount of CAM space to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Enter 4 or 8 for the number of OpenFlow FP blocks.
PAGE 94
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information For the new settings to take effect, save the new CAM settings to the startupconfig (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks and these blocks cannot be reallocated. The ipv4acl profile range is from 1 to 4. When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13.
PAGE 95
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode.
PAGE 96
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Example Dell# configure Dell(conf)# disable Return to EXEC mode. Syntax Parameters disable [level] level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 97
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. do Allows the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Control and Monitoring do command command Enter an EXEC-level command.
PAGE 98
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following commands are not supported by the do command: Example • enable • disable • exit • config Dell(conf-if-te-1/1/1)# do clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-1/1/1)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/1/1)# do clear logging Clear logging buffer [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-1/1/1)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/1/1)# do reload System configuration has been modified.
PAGE 99
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information Users entering EXEC Privilege mode or any other configured privilege level can access configuration commands.
PAGE 100
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Replacement command for the S4820T. Replaces the enable xfp-power-updates command. 8.3.11.4 Replacement command for the Z9000. Replaces the enable xfp-power-updates command 8.3.10.0 Replacement command for the S4810 only. Replaces the enable xfp-power-updates command.
PAGE 101
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
PAGE 102
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 103
Command History Related Commands • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 104
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example 104 Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 105
ftp-server topdir Specify the top-level directory to be accessed when an incoming FTP connection request is made. Syntax Parameters ftp-server topdir directory directory Enter the directory path. Defaults The internal flash is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
PAGE 106
ftp-server username Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions. Syntax ftp-server username username password [encryption-type] password To delete a user name and its password, use the no ftp-server username username command. Parameters username Enter a text string up to 40 characters long as the user name. password password Enter the keyword password then a string up to 40 characters long as the password.
PAGE 107
Version Description E-Series Original command. hostname Set the host name of the system. Syntax Parameters hostname name name Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long. Defaults Dell Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 108
ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. Syntax ip ftp password [encryption-type] password To remove a password and return to the default setting, use the no ip ftp password [password] command. Parameters encryption-type password (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following numbers: • 0 (zero) for an unecrypted (clear text) password • 7 (seven) for a hidden text password Enter a string up to 40 characters as the password. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 109
Related Commands ip ftp source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP connections. Syntax ip ftp source-interface interface To delete an interface, use the no ip ftp source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 110
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 111
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information Configure a password with the ip ftp password command. Related Commands • ip ftp password — sets the password for FTP connections.
PAGE 112
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to make the FTP clients VRF-aware. The VRF name that you specify is used by the FTP client to reach the FTP server. If no VRF name is specified, then the default VRF is used. ip telnet server enable Enable the Telnet server on the switch.
PAGE 113
ip telnet server vrf Configures the TELNET server on either a specific VRF or a management VRF. Syntax ip telnet server vrf {vrf-name | any | management} To undo the TELNET server configuration, use the no ip telnet server [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf-name Enter the vrf-name to specify the VRF that is used by the TELNET server. any Enter the keyword any to enable server from any VRF. management Enter the keyword management to specify a management VRF that is used by the TELNET server.
PAGE 114
ip telnet source-interface Set an interface’s IP address as the source address in outgoing packets for Telnet sessions. Syntax ip telnet source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip telnet source-interface [interface] command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 115
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command telnet — telnet to another device.
PAGE 116
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults The IP address on the system that is closest to the Telnet address is used in the outgoing packets. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 117
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to make the TFTP clients VRF aware.
PAGE 118
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 119
Defaults Not configured. You can use all the available sessions. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 120
When you try to create more than the permitted number of sessions, the following message appears, prompting you to close one of your existing sessions. Close any of your existing sessions to log in to the system. $ telnet 10.11.178.14 Trying 10.11.178.14... Connected to 10.11.178.14. Escape character is '^]'. Login: admin Password: Maximum concurrent sessions for the user reached. Current sessions for user admin: Line Location 2 vty 0 10.14.1.97 3 vty 1 10.14.1.97 4 vty 2 10.14.1.97 5 vty 3 10.14.1.
PAGE 121
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000ON, and Z9500. Usage Information Only the system and security administrators can configure login activity tracking and view the login activity details of other users. If you enable user login statistics, the system displays the last successful login details of the current user including failed login attempts by others.
PAGE 122
since the last login and the number of unsuccessful login attempts during a custom time period. Related Commands • login concurrent-session — configures the limit of concurrent sessions for all users on console and virtual terminal lines. • show login statistics — displays login statistics of users who have used the console or virtual terminal lines to log in to the system. motd-banner Enable a message of the day (MOTD) banner to appear when you log in to the system.
PAGE 123
ping Test connectivity between the system and another device by sending echo requests and waiting for replies.
PAGE 124
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then a number from 1 to 16383. tos (IPv4 only) Enter the type of service required. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 0. df-bit (IPv4 only) Enter Y or N for the “don't fragment” bit in IPv4 header. • N: Do not set the “don't fragment” bit.
PAGE 125
Defaults Command Modes Command History • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ethernet Enter the keyword ethernet to test layer2 connectivity. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to test connectivity to the VRF. None. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 126
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series. Usage Information When you enter the ping command without specifying an IP/IPv6 address (Extended Ping), you are prompted for a target IP/IPv6 address, a repeat count, a datagram size (up to 1500 bytes), a timeout (in seconds), and for Extended Commands. The following table provides descriptions for the ping command status response symbols displayed in the output.
PAGE 127
reload Reboot the system. Syntax Parameters reload [conditional nvram-cfg-change] conditional nvram-cfgchange (OPTIONAL) Reload into the Dell Networking Operating System (OS) if the condition is true. A configuration change to the NVRAM requires a switch reload. To reload the switch, select nvram-cfg-change. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 128
send Send messages to one or all terminal line users. Syntax Parameters send [*] | [line ] | [console] | [vty] * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line. The range is from 0 to 11. console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 129
service timestamps To debug and log messages, add time stamps. This command adds either the uptime or the current time and date. Syntax service timestamps {debug | log} [datetime [localtime] [msec] [show-timezone] | uptime] To disable timestamping, use the no service timestamps [debug | log] command. Parameters debug (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword debug to add timestamps to debug messages. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity from 0 to 6.
PAGE 130
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information If you do not specify parameters and enter service timestamps, it appears as service timestamps debug uptime in the running-configuration. To view the current options set for the service timestamps command, use the show running-config command.
PAGE 131
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 132
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 133
show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Control and Monitoring Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 134
show environment View system component status (for example, temperature or voltage). Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show environment [all | fan | pem | stack-unit unit-id | thermal-sensor ] all Enter the keyword all to view all components. fan Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans. The output of this command is chassis dependent. pem Enter the keyword pem to view only information on power entry modules.
PAGE 135
-- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed ---------------------------------------------------1 1 up up 6652 up 6812 1 2 up up 6582 up 6872 1 3 up up 6596 up 6964 1 4 up up 6695 up 6917 1 5 up up 6680 up 6812 Speed in RPM -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) ----------------------------------------------------------1 1 up AC up 9152 1 2 down UNKNOWN down 0 -- Unit Environment Status -Unit Status Temp Voltage ---------------------------------* 1 online 50C ok * Manage
PAGE 136
show inventory Display the switch type, components (including media), and Dell Networking Operating System (OS), including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols. Syntax Parameters show inventory [media slot] media slot (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword media then the stack ID of the stack member for which you want to display pluggable media inventory. NOTE: This parameter is available but not supported in Dell Networking Operating System version 8.3.11.4.
PAGE 137
Example (Z9100– ON) Dell#show inventory System Type System Mode Software Version : Z9100-ON : 1.
PAGE 138
Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 139
Unsuccessful login attempt(s) in last 7 day(s): 3 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------User: secadm Last login time: Mon Feb 16 04:45:29 2015 Last login location: Line vty0 ( 10.14.1.
PAGE 140
show memory View current memory usage on the switch. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show memory [stack-unit id] stack-unit id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack unit ID to display memory information on the designated stack member. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
PAGE 141
show processes cpu Display CPU usage information based on processes running. Syntax Parameters show processes cpu [management-unit [1-99 | details] | stackunit id [1-99]| summary ] management-unit [1-99 | details] (OPTIONAL) Display processes running in the control processor. The 1-99 variable sets the number of tasks to display in order of the highest CPU usage in the past five (5) seconds. Add the keyword details to display all running processes (except sysdlp). Refer to Example (managementunit).
PAGE 142
Example Dell# show processes cpu ? management-unit Management Unit stack-unit Unit Number summary Summary of CPU utilization | Pipe through a command Dell# show processes cpu summary CPU utilization 5Sec 1Min 5Min ------------------------------------------UNIT1 3% 3% 1% Dell# show processes cpu stack-unit 1 CPUID 5sec 1min 5min -------------------------------------------------CORE 0 13.17 11.53 0.00 CORE 2 9.38 12.16 0.00 Overall 11.28 11.84 0.
PAGE 143
1Min 5Min TTY 0xba61e020 300870 16.33% 16.17% 0 0xba4e4020 35720 1.42% 1.35% 0 0xbb206020 27380 0.92% 1.07% 0 0xba576020 500 0.00% 0.00% 0 0xba592020 400 0.00% 0.00% 0 0xba5b3020 40 0.00% 0.00% 0 0xba5d5020 190 0.00% 0.00% 0 0xba5ee020 2730 0.00% 0.00% 0 Process 30087 KP 3572 ifagt_1 2738 tExcTask 50 envmgr 40 lcMgr 4 dla 19 sysAdmTsk 273 timerMgr 10000 15.00% 10000 4.00% 10000 1.00% 10000 0.00% 10000 0.00% 10000 0.00% 10000 0.00% 10000 0.
PAGE 144
0.00% 46 0.00% 0 0 0 dpi_taskcmo 0 0.00% Dell# show processes cpu management-unit details ? | Pipe through a command Dell# show processes cpu management-unit ? <1-99> Number of tasks with highest CPU usage last 5 seconds details Detail CPU utilization | Pipe through a command Dell# show processes cpu management-unit CPUID 5sec 1min 5min -------------------------------------------------CORE 0 9.54 9.92 12.82 CORE 2 10.74 11.56 14.31 Overall 10.14 10.74 13.
PAGE 145
• show hardware system-flow — displays Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. • show interfaces stack-unit — displays information on all interfaces on a specific S-Series stack member. • show processes memory (S-Series) — displays CPU usage information based on processes running in an S-Series. show processes ipc flow-control Display the single window protocol queue (SWPQ) statistics.
PAGE 146
Usage Information Field Description Source QID /Tx Process Source Service Identifier Destination QID/Rx Process Destination Service Identifier Cur Len Current number of messages enqueued High Mark Highest number of packets in the queue at any time #of to / Timeout Timeout count #of Retr /Retries Number of retransmissions #msg Sent/Msg Sent/ Number of messages sent #msg Ackd/Ack Rcvd Number of messages acknowledged Retr /Available Retra Number of retries left Total/ Max Retra Number of
PAGE 147
0 0 DHCP0 0 0 0 25 IFMGR0 0 25 25 25 0 0 0 show processes memory Display memory usage information based on processes running in the S-Series or Z-Series system. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Control and Monitoring show processes memory {management-unit | stack unit {unit-id | all | summary}} management-unit Enter the keyword management-unit for CPU memory usage of the stack management unit.
PAGE 148
Usage Information show processes memory output Description Total: Total system memory available MaxUsed: Total maximum memory used ever (history indicated with time stamp) CurrentUsed: Total memory currently in use CurrentFree: Total system memory available SharedUsed: Total used shared memory SharedFree: Total free shared memory PID Process ID Process Process Name ResSize Actual resident size of the process in memory Size Process test, stack, and data size Allocs Total dynamic memor
PAGE 149
Example (managementunit) Dell# show processes management-unit Total : 151937024, MaxUsed : 111800320 [2/25/2008 4:18:53] CurrentUsed: 98848768, CurrentFree: 53088256 SharedUsed : 13007848, SharedFree : 7963696 PID Process ResSize Size Allocs Frees Max Current 337 KernLrnAgMv 117927936 0 0 0 0 0 331 vrrp 5189632 249856 50572 0 50572 50572 323 frrp 5206016 241664 369238 0 369238 369238 322 xstp 7430144 2928640 38328 0 38328 38328 321 pim 5267456 823296 62168 0 62168 62168 314 igmp 4960256 380928 18588 16564
PAGE 150
Defaults Command Modes Command History Example 150 • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 151
OSPF 0 0x00000dfa 0x00400098 0x00000000 0x00000000 PIM 0 0x000000f3 0x00030000 0x00000000 0x00000000 IGMP 0 0x000e027f 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 SNMP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800302c0 0x00000002 EVTTERM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800002c0 0x00000000 MRTM 0 0x00000000 0x00000200 0x81f7103f 0x00000000 DSM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x80771003 0x00000000 LACP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x8000383f 0x00000000 DHCP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800000c2 0x0000c000 V6RAD 0 0x00000433 0x00030000 0x00000000 0x00000000
PAGE 152
Example Version Description 8.3.11.4 The brief parameter no longer displays the current Reload mode. To display Reload mode, use the show reloadtype command. Modified the show system stack-unit command output to support Piece Part ID (PPID). 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 The Boot Flash field displays the code level for boot code 2.8.1.1 and newer, while older boot codes display as "Present". 7.7.1.0 Added Master Priority field. 7.6.1.
PAGE 153
-- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan1 Speed Fan2 Speed ---------------------------------------------------1 1 up up 6652 up 6812 1 2 up up 6568 up 6887 1 3 up up 6582 up 6979 1 4 up up 6695 up 6917 1 5 up up 6695 up 6812 Speed in RPM Dell# Related Commands • show version – displays the Dell Networking OS version. show tech-support Display a collection of data from other show commands, necessary for Dell Networking technical support to perform troubleshooting.
PAGE 154
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced save to the file options. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Without the page or stack-unit option, the command output is continuous. To interrupt the command output, use Ctrl-z. The save option works with other filtering commands. This allows you to save specific information of a show command. The save entry must always be the last option.
PAGE 155
Dell# show tech-support stack-unit 1 | save flash://LauraSave Start saving show command report ....... Dell# Dell# dir Directory of flash: 1 drw- 16384 Jan 01 1980 00:00:00 +00:00 . 2 drwx 1536 Jul 13 1996 02:38:06 +00:00 .. 3 d--- 512 Nov 20 2007 15:46:44 +00:00 ADMIN_DIR Dell# Example Dell#show tech-support stack-unit 1 ----------------------------------- show version ------------------------------Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.
PAGE 156
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 157
telnet Connect through Telnet to a server. The Telnet client and server in Dell Networking support IPv4 and IPv6 connections. You can establish a Telnet session directly to the router or a connection can be initiated from the router. Syntax Parameters telnet {host | ip-address | ipv6-address prefix-length | vrf vrf instance name} [/source-interface] host Enter the name of a server. ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the server.
PAGE 158
Defaults Command Modes Command History Not configured. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.
PAGE 159
Defaults Command Modes Command History Not configured. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 160
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 161
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 162
30 hops max, 40 byte packets ----------------------------------------------TTL Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 10.11.199.190 001.000 ms 001.000 ms 002.000 ms 2 gwegress-sjc-02.Dell Networking.com (10.11.30.126) 005.000 ms 001.000 ms 001.000 ms 3 fw-sjc-01.Dell Networking.com (10.11.127.254) 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 4 www.Dell Networking.com (10.11.84.18) 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell# traceroute 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort.
PAGE 163
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 164
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 165
terminal Enter the keyword terminal to copy the current running configuration to the terminal. This command is similar to the show running-config command. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 166
5 802.1X 802.1X is a port-based Network Access Control (PNAC) that provides an authentication mechanism to devices wishing to attach to a LAN or WLAN. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.
PAGE 167
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages. interface interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface.
PAGE 168
To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 169
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 170
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • Enable 802.
PAGE 171
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 172
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • dot1x authentication (Configuration) — enable dot1x globally. dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable.
PAGE 173
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. Usage Information 1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch. If the host fails to respond within a designated amount of time, the authenticator places the port in the guest VLAN. If a device does not respond within 30 seconds, it is assumed that the device is not 802.1X capable.
PAGE 174
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added the multi-auth option on the C-Series and SSeries. 8.3.2.
PAGE 175
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 176
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 177
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • dot1x host-mode — enable single-host or multi-host authentication. dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface.
PAGE 178
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The authenticator completes authentication only when you set port-control to auto. dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. Syntax dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command.
PAGE 179
dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client. Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which reauthentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (one year). The default is 3600 (1 hour).
PAGE 180
To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters number Enter the permitted number of re-authentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 181
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 182
Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 183
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 184
mac-address Defaults Command Modes Command History (Optional) MAC address of an 802.1X-authenticated supplicant. None • EXEC • EXEC privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 185
Dell# show dot1x cos-mapping interface tengigabitethernet 1/32/1 mac-address 00:00:00:00:00:10 Supplicant Mac: 0 0 0 0 0 10 Lookup for Mac: 802.1p CoS re-map table on Te 1/32/1: ---------------------------------802.1p CoS re-map table for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:10 Dot1p 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Dell# Remapped Dot1p 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface.
PAGE 186
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 187
Backend State: Dell# Example (macaddress) Idle Dell# show dot1x interface tengigabitethernet 1/32/1 macaddress 00:00:00:00:00:10 Supplicant Mac: 0 0 0 0 0 10 Lookup for Mac: 802.
PAGE 188
Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:11 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# 188 AUTHORIZED(GUEST-VLAN) 100 Authenticated Idle 802.
PAGE 189
Access Control Lists (ACL) 6 Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 190
description Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Not configured. • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 191
seq 10 deny any Dell(config-std-nacl)# Related Commands • show config — display the current ACL configuration. show config Display the current ACL configuration. Syntax Command Modes Command History Example show config • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 192
Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both Ingress and Egress IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. When an ACL is created without a rule and then is applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The platform supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section. access-class Apply a standard ACL to a terminal line.
PAGE 193
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you use the access-class access-list-name command without specifying the ipv4 or ipv6 attribute, both IPv4 as well as IPv6 rules that are defined in that ACL are applied to the terminal. This method is a generic way of configuring access restrictions.
PAGE 194
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 195
NOTE: When you specify a single VRF, use the name of the VRF instead of the VRF ID number. Use the VRF ID numbers only when you specify a range of VRFs. optimized (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword optimized to enable ACL optimization Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE/VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 196
• ip access-list extended — configure an extended ACL. ip control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv4 CPU traffic. Syntax ip control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 197
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters.
PAGE 198
• Command History Usage Information EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 199
The platform supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny To drop packets with a certain IP address, configure a filter. Syntax deny {source | any | host {ip-address}} [no-drop] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command.
PAGE 200
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.
PAGE 201
To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list standard accesslist-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the ACL name. Defaults All IP access lists contain an implicit “deny any,” that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 202
Related Commands • ip access-list extended — create an extended access list. • show config — display the current configuration. permit To permit packets from a specific source IP address to leave the switch, configure a filter. Syntax permit {source [mask]| any | host ip-address} [no-drop] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command.
PAGE 203
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 204
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4or mac to identify the access list type to resequence. access-list-name Enter the name of a configured IP access list. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 4294967290. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 4294967290. None • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 205
seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IP access list while creating the filter. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {source [mask] | any | host ip-address}} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [no-drop] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Defaults sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition.
PAGE 206
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
PAGE 207
• permit — configure a filter to forward packets. Extended IP ACL Commands When an ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The following commands configure extended IP ACLs, which in addition to the IP address, also examine the packet’s protocol type. The platform supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections.
PAGE 208
destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets that the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes that the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 209
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the noncontiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.1.
PAGE 210
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 211
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.4.
PAGE 212
Parameters source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value.
PAGE 213
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 214
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, see the Quality of Service section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 215
• deny udp — assign a filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp To drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax deny udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [byte] [order] [fragments] [nodrop] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 216
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 217
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, see the Quality of Service section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 218
• deny tcp — assign a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Name (or select) an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols. Syntax ip access-list extended access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list extended accesslist-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the access list name. Defaults All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped.
PAGE 219
Related Commands • ip access-list standard — configure a standard IP access list. • show config — display the current configuration. permit To pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax permit {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [no-drop] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 220
no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.
PAGE 221
• • permit tcp — assign a permit filter for TCP packets. • permit udp — assign a permit filter for UDP packets. permit tcp To pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 222
• port port range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • 23 = Telnet • 20 and 21 = FTP • 25 = SMTP • 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D.
PAGE 223
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 224
3 4 5 6 7 8 0001000000000000 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 1111100000000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 4096 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 6143 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 2048 1024 512 256 64 1 Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM.
PAGE 225
• eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is 0 to 65535. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
PAGE 226
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. . 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 227
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands • ip access-list extended — create an extended ACL. • permit — assign a permit filter for IP packets. • permit tcp — assign a permit filter for TCP packets. resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list.
PAGE 228
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv4). 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When all sequence numbers are exhausted, this feature permits re-assigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list.
PAGE 229
mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname.
PAGE 230
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. NOTE: For more information, see “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets.
PAGE 231
Version Description 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to Port Monitoring. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. The following applies: • The seq sequence-number command is applicable only in an ACL group.
PAGE 232
clear counters mac access-group Clear counters for all or a specific MAC ACL. Syntax Parameters clear counters mac access-group [mac-list-name] mac-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured MAC access list. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 233
NOTE: This option is available only with the keyword in option. vlan vlan-range (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan and then enter a range of VLANs. The range is from 1 to 4094 (you can use IDs 1 to 4094). NOTE: This option is available only with the keyword in option. optimized Enter the keyword optimized to enable ACL optimization. in Enter the keyword in to configure the ACL to filter incoming traffic. out Enter the keyword out to configure the ACL to filter outgoing traffic. NOTE: 1.
PAGE 234
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can assign one ingress ACL and one egress ACL (standard or extended) to an interface. Related Commands • mac access-list standard — configure a standard MAC ACL.
PAGE 235
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 236
• in | out Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Identify whether ACL is applied on ingress or egress side. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 237
Standard MAC ACL Commands When you create an access control list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. These commands configure standard MAC ACLs and support both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets with a the MAC address specified, configure a filter.
PAGE 238
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 239
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 240
Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit {any | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to forward all packets received with a MAC address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 241
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
PAGE 242
mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match). count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log.
PAGE 243
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details.
PAGE 244
• Parameters Use the no deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac-address | macdestination-address mac-destination-address-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to drop all packets. host mac-address Enter the keyword host and then enter a MAC address to drop packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 245
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, see “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 246
• seq — configure a MAC address filter with a specified sequence number. mac access-list extended Name a new or existing extended MAC access control list (extended MAC ACL). Syntax mac access-list extended access-list-name [cpu-qos] To delete a MAC access list, use the no mac access-list extended accesslist-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a text string as the MAC access list name, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 247
Usage Information The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specifications about entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long.
PAGE 248
host Enter the keyword host then a MAC address to forward packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly.
PAGE 249
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 250
clear ip prefix-list Reset the number of times traffic mets the conditions (“hit” counters) of the configured prefix lists. Syntax Parameters clear ip prefix-list [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the configured prefix list to clear only counters for that prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Defaults Clears “hit” counters for all prefix lists unless a prefix list is specified. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 251
To delete a drop filter, use the no deny ip-prefix command. Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/ 8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. le max-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le and then enter the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 252
ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. Syntax ip prefix-list prefix-name To delete a prefix list, use the no ip prefix-list prefix-name command. Parameters prefix-name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 253
seq To a deny or permit filter in a prefix list while configuring the filter, assign a sequence number. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ip-prefix /nn {ge min-prefix-length} {le max-prefix-length}] | [bitmask number] To delete a specific filter, use the no seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ip-prefix {ge min-prefix-length} {le maxprefix-length}] | [bitmask number]. Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number. The range is from 1 to 4294967294.
PAGE 254
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the bit mask option. Usage Information If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations.
PAGE 255
Example Dell(conf-nprefixl)# show config ! ip prefix-list snickers Dell(conf-nprefixl)# show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ip prefix-list detail [prefix-name] prefix-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 256
seq 25 permit 192.0.0.0 bitmask 192.0.0.0 (hit count: 800) Dell# show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example 256 show ip prefix-list summary [prefix-name] prefix-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 257
Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then applied to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure route maps and their redistribution criteria, use the following commands. continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map. Syntax Parameters continue [sequence-number] sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the route map sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 258
Match clause with Continue clause The continue feature can exist without a match clause. A continue clause without a match clause executes and jumps to the specified route-map entry. With a match clause and a continue clause, the match clause executes first and the continue clause next in a specified route map entry. The continue clause launches only after a successful match.
PAGE 259
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. • route-map — enable a route map.
PAGE 260
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • set as-path — add information to the BGP AS_PATH attribute.
PAGE 261
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • set community — specify a COMMUNITY attribute. match interface To match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified, configure a filter.
PAGE 262
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 263
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 264
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 265
Parameters prefix-list prefixlist-name Enter the keywords prefix-list and then enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 266
Parameters metric-value Enter a value to match. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.
PAGE 267
Parameters egp Enter the keyword egp to match routes originating outside the AS. igp Enter the keyword igp to match routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to match routes with incomplete routing information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 268
level-1 Enter the keyword level-1 to match IS-IS Level 1 routes. level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to match IS-IS Level 2 routes. local Enter the keyword local to match only on routes generated within the switch. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 269
To remove a match, use the no match tag command. Parameters tag-value Enter a value as the tag on which to match. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 270
To delete a route map, use the no route-map map-name [permit | deny] [sequence-number] command. Parameters Defaults map-name Enter a text string of up to 140 characters to name the route map for easy identification. permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permit to set the route map default as permit. If you do not specify a keyword, the default is permit. deny (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword deny to set the route map default as deny.
PAGE 271
Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Use caution when you delete route maps because if you do not specify a sequence number, all route maps with the same map-name are deleted when you use the no route-map map-name command. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# route-map dempsey Dell(config-route-map)# • show config — display the current configuration. set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter.
PAGE 272
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can prepend up to eight AS numbers to a BGP route. This command influences best path selection in BGP by inserting a tag or AS number into the AS_PATH attribute. Related Commands • match as-path — redistribute routes that match an AS-PATH attribute. set automatic-tag To automatically compute the tag value of the route, configure a filter.
PAGE 273
Related Commands • set level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. • set metric — specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. • set metric-type — specify the metric type assigned to redistributed routes. • set tag — specify the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set comm-list delete To remove the specified community list from the BGP route’s COMMUNITY attribute, configure a filter.
PAGE 274
Usage Information The community list used in the set comm-list delete command must be configured so that each filter contains only one community. For example, the filter deny 100:12 is acceptable, but the filter deny 120:13 140:33 results in an error. If the set comm-list delete command and the set community command are configured in the same route map sequence, the deletion command (set comm-list delete) is processed before the insertion command (set community).
PAGE 275
All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary. none Enter the keyword none to remove the community attribute from routes meeting the route map criteria. additive (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword additive to add the communities to already existing communities. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 276
To remove a set level condition, use the no set level {backbone | level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 | stub-area} command. Parameters backbone Enter the keyword backbone to redistribute matched routes to the OSPF backbone area (area 0.0.0.0). level-1 Enter the keyword level-1 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1. level-1-2 Enter the keyword level-1-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2. level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 2.
PAGE 277
• set tag — specify the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set local-preference To set the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for routers within the local autonomous system, configure a filter. Syntax set local-preference value To delete a BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute, use the no set local-preference command. Parameters value Enter a number as the LOCAL_PREF attribute value. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 278
set metric To assign a new metric to redistributed routes, configure a filter. Syntax set metric [+ | -] metric-value To delete a setting, enter no set metric. Parameters + (OPTIONAL) Enter + to add a metric-value to the redistributed routes. - (OPTIONAL) Enter - to subtract a metric-value from the redistributed routes. metric-value Enter a number as the new metric value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 279
• set tag — specify the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type To assign a new route type for routes redistributed to OSPF, configure a filter. Syntax set metric-type {internal | external | type-1 | type-2} To delete a setting, use the no set metric-type command. Parameters internal Enter the keyword internal to assign the Interior Gateway Protocol metric of the next hop as the route’s BGP MULTI_EXIT_DES (MED) value.
PAGE 280
Related Commands Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • set automatic-tag — compute the tag value of the route. • set level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. • set metric — specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. • set tag — specify the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set next-hop To specify an IP address as the next hop, configure a filter.
PAGE 281
Usage Information If you configure the set next-hop command, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command in the ROUTER BGP mode. If you configure the set next-hop command with the interface’s IP address (either Loopback or physical), the software declares the route unreachable. Related Commands • match ip next-hop — redistribute routes that match the next-hop IP address. set origin To manipulate the BGP ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter.
PAGE 282
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set tag To specify a tag for redistributed routes, configure a filter. Syntax set tag tag-value To delete a setting, use the no set tag command. Parameters tag-value Enter a number as the tag. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 283
• set metric-type — specify the route type assigned to redistributed routes. set weight To add a non-RFC compliant attribute to the BGP route to assist with route selection, configure a filter. Syntax set weight weight To delete a weight specification, use the no set weight weight command. Parameters weight Enter a number as the weight used by the route meeting the route map specification. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is router-originated = 32768 and all other routes = 0.
PAGE 284
show config Display the current route map configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 285
• Command History Example Related Commands EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 286
Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated.
PAGE 287
new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
PAGE 288
generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 289
egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists.
PAGE 290
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
PAGE 291
deny tcp (for Extended IP ACLs) Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol (TCP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 292
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added the support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added the support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 293
• Parameters Defaults Use the no deny {any | mac-source-address mac-source-addressmask} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 294
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
PAGE 295
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 296
monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG).
PAGE 297
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
PAGE 298
permit icmp (for Extended IP ACLs) Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages. Syntax permit icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [message-type] [count [byte]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [thresholdin-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 299
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 300
Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 301
standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode.
PAGE 302
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 303
both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
PAGE 304
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.
PAGE 305
seq (for Standard MAC ACLs) To a deny or permit filter in a MAC access list while creating the filter, assign a sequence number. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 306
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 307
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 308
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
PAGE 309
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 310
seq (for IPv6 ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit the filter in an IPv6 access list while creating the filter. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp | udp} {source address mask | any | host ipv6address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command.
PAGE 311
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 312
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 313
ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction.
PAGE 314
in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 315
one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). Related Commands • permit – assign a permit filter for IP packets. permit icmp (for IPv6 ACLs) To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter.
PAGE 316
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
PAGE 317
permit (for IPv6 ACLs) To configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP.
PAGE 318
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 319
Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no deny udp {source address mask | any | host ipv6address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 320
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 321
generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 322
capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic.
PAGE 323
in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 324
one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). deny (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter that drops IPv6 packets that match the filter criteria.
PAGE 325
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 326
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection.
PAGE 327
Defaults See Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 328
neighbor belongs. The neighbors inherit only the global timer values (configured with the bfd neighbor command). You can only enable BFD for VRRP in INTERFACE command mode (vrrp bfd all-neighbors). Related Commands • neighbor bfd disable — disable a BFD session explicitly with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. ip route bfd Enable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes.
PAGE 329
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 330
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.3 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 331
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.3 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 332
8 Boot Command Line Interface To access this BOOT_USER mode, first boot your Dell Networking platform. When you see the “Press ESC to stop auto-boot”, press the ESC key to log into BCLI You enter BOOT_USER mode immediately, as indicated by the BOOT_USER# prompt. NOTE: All commands in this chapter are in Boot_User mode. These commands are supported on the Dell Networking platform. You cannot use the Tab key to complete commands in this mode.
PAGE 333
Usage Information After entering the boot change command and selecting the parameters, press Enter. The software prompts you to enter the following: • The boot device (flash, ftp, tftp, or usbflash), image file name, IP address of the server containing the image, username, and password (only for ftp). Note When you enter a new parameter that extends beyond 80 characters, you cannot use the Backspace key to correct any mistakes. If you make a mistake, you must re-enter the parameter.
PAGE 334
off Enter the keyword off to suppress the boot logs during reload. NOTE: By default, watchdog is disabled. Defaults None Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. BOOT_USER #boot message boot messages off BOOT_USER # boot show net config retries Show the number of retries for network boot configuration failure.
PAGE 335
boot write net config retries Set the number of retries for network boot configuration failure. Syntax boot write net config retries Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. BOOT_USER # boot write net config retries 2 Updated number of Network Boot Config retries to 2 BOOT_USER # boot zero Erase the configured primary, secondary, or default boot image parameters.
PAGE 336
Command History Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information This command reverses changes made with the boot change command.
PAGE 337
Parameters Command Modes Command History ip-address Enter the IP address of the gateway router in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). BOOT_USER Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information Use the show default-gateway command to view the current default gateway. Related Commands show_default-gateway— Change the primary, secondary, or default boot image configuration. etheraddr Assign the management port MAC address.
PAGE 338
ignore enable-password Reload the system software without the enable password configured. Syntax ignore enable-password Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information When you enter the reload command and the system reboots, you will not be prompted for a password to enter the EXEC Privilege mode (normally you are required to enter the enable command).
PAGE 339
interface management ethernet ip address Assign an IP address to the Management Ethernet interface. Syntax [no] interface management ethernet ip address ip-address mask To delete the IP address, enter no interface management ethernet ip address. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 340
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information Use this command to assign a MAC address if FTOS cannot find a default MAC address. Example BOOT_USER # BOOT_ADMIN # nvram erase Are you sure (y/n)? : yes Erasing NVRAM sectors....Erasing NvRam of size 1024 KB ... DONE reload Exit from this mode and reload Dell Networking OS. Syntax reload Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 341
Command Modes Command History Example Serial BOOT_USER Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. BOOT_USER # serial console 0 9600 BOOT_USER # BOOT_USER # show bootvar Display boot configuration information. Syntax show bootvar Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 342
file name : PS-SI-9-0-0-566.bin Management Etherenet IP address : 10.16.133.17 Mask : 255.255.0.0 Server IP address : 10.16.1.200 Default Gateway IP address : 10.16.1.254 BOOT_USER # Related Commands boot_change— Change the primary, secondary, or default boot image configuration. boot_zero — Erase the configured primary, secondary, or default boot image parameters. show default-gateway Display the IP address configured for the default gateway.
PAGE 343
show interface management ethernet Display the IP address configured for the Management interface. Syntax show interface management ethernet Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. BOOT_USER # show interfaces management ethernet Management ethernet IP address: 10.16.133.
PAGE 344
Example BOOT_USER # show serial console baudrate Serial console baudrate = 9600 watchdog Enable the watchdog timer, when the enabled watchdog timer is set to 60 seconds. Syntax Parameters enable | disable | status | timeout | settimeout watchdog timer enable Enter the keyword enable to enable the watchdog. disable Enter the keyword disable to disable the watchdog. status Enter the keyword status to see the watchdog status.
PAGE 345
BOOT_ADMIN # watchdog timeout WATCHDOG TIMEOUT: 60 Boot Command Line Interface 345
PAGE 346
9 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 347
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.5.1.
PAGE 348
suppress-map map-name Defaults Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords suppress-map then the name of a configured route map to identify which morespecific routes in the aggregate are suppressed. Not configured. • ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY • ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY IPv6 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 349
In the show ip bgp command, aggregates contain an ‘a’ in the first column and routes suppressed by the aggregate contain an ‘s’ in the first column. When an aggregate address is denied using a peer's outbound route-map, individual routes suppressed by the aggregate address are advertised to that peer.
PAGE 350
Related Commands • neighbor add-path — specify that this neighbor/peer group can send/receive multiple path advertisements. bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs. Syntax bgp always-compare-med To disable comparison of MED, enter no bgp always-compare-med. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS).
PAGE 351
To disable a dot or dot+ representation and return to ASPLAIN, enter the no bgp asnotation command. Defaults asplain Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 352
Dell(conf-router_bgp)# bgp asnotation asplain Dell(conf-router_bgp)# ex Dell(conf)#do show run |grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support Dell(conf)# Related Commands • bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, enter the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command.
PAGE 353
bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax Include prefixes received from different AS paths during multipath calculation. Syntax bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax To return to the default BGP routing process, use the no bgp bestpath aspath multipath-relax command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.
PAGE 354
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The software compares the MEDs only if the path contains no external autonomous system numbers.
PAGE 355
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The MED is a 4-byte unsigned integer value and the default behavior is to assume a missing MED as 4294967295. This command causes a missing MED to be treated as 0. During path selection, paths with a lower MED are preferred over paths with a higher MED.
PAGE 356
bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 357
Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID. number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 358
bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 359
Dell Networking OS accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute. The software sends AS_CONFED_SET and accepts AS_CONFED_SET and AS_CONF_SEQ. If a local-as is configured, BGP does not allow for the configuration of BGP confederation. Similarly, if BGP confederation is configured, then BGP does not allow the configuration of local-as. If the neighbor is an eBGP neighbor, then BGP performs a check on the first AS number.
PAGE 360
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the 4-byte format. Usage Information All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors.
PAGE 361
route is no longer advertised (that is, it is suppressed). The range is from 1 to 20000. The default is 2000. max-suppresstime (OPTIONAL) Enter the maximum number of minutes a route can be suppressed. The default is four times the half-life value. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 60 minutes. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of a configured route map. Only match commands in the configured route map are supported.
PAGE 362
bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command. Parameters value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes. When routes are compared, the higher the degree of preference or local preference value, the more the route is preferred. The range is from 0 to 4294967295.
PAGE 363
bgp dmzlink-bw Enables BGP Link Bandwidth. Syntax bgp dmzlink-bw To disable BGP Link Bandwidth, enter the no bgp dmzlink-bw command. Parameters dmzlink-bw Enter the keyword dmzlink-bw to enable BGP Link Bandwidth in BGP multipath. Defaults N/A Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 364
To turn off the default, use the no bgp enforce-first-as command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 365
To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp fast-external-fallover command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 366
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 367
Parameters restart-time seconds Enter the keyword restart-time then the maximum number of seconds to restart and bring-up all the peers. The range is from 1 to 3600 seconds. The default is 120 seconds. stale-path-time seconds Enter the keyword stale-path-time then the maximum number of seconds to wait before restarting a peer’s stale paths. The default is 360 seconds. role receiver-only Enter the keyword role receiver-only to designate the local router to support graceful restart as a receiver only.
PAGE 368
bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems. Syntax bgp non-deterministic-med To return to the default, use the no bgp non-deterministic-med command. Defaults Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs do not have their MEDs compared). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 369
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 370
bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Disables the Regex Performance engine that optimizes complex regular expression with BGP. Syntax bgp regex-eval-optz-disable To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 371
Examples Dell(conf-router_bgp)# no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Dell(conf-router_bgp)# do show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "ospf 22222" Router ID is 2.2.2.2 Area Routing for Networks 51 10.10.10.0/00 Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 10.10.10.0 Router Id is set to 10.10.10.
PAGE 372
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router. This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect. clear ip bgp Reset BGP sessions.
PAGE 373
NOTE: You must execute the clear ip bgp soft out command when ever there is a change in the local policy. If you do not run this command after a local policy change, then these policy changes are not reflected in the responses to the peer’s route refresh messages. dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear the flap dampening information. flap-statistics Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear the flap statistics information. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 address family to clear.
PAGE 374
clear ip bgp dampening Clear information on route dampening and return the suppressed route to the Active state. Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] [dampening [ipv4-address mask | ipv6–address mask] ipv4-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format and the prefix mask in slash format (/x) to clear dampening information only that BGP neighbor.
PAGE 375
clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] [flap-statistics [ipv4-address mask | ipv6–address mask] | filter-list as-path-name | regexp regular-expression] ipv4-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format and the prefix mask in slash format (/x) to reset only that prefix.
PAGE 376
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enter the clear ip bgp flap-statistics command without any parameters, all statistics are cleared.
PAGE 377
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 378
A.B.C.D Enter the IP address of peer in the A.B.C.D format. X:X:X:X::X Enter the IPv6 IP address of peer in the X:X:X:X::X format. dampening Enter the keyword dampening to view BGP dampening. events Enter the keyword events to view BGP protocol events. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 IP address to view the IPV4 route information. ipv6 Enter the ipv6 IP address to view the IPV6 route information. keepalives Enter the keyword keepalives to view BGP keepalives.
PAGE 379
• debug ip bgp updates — view information about BGP updates. • show debugging — view enabled debugging operations. debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 380
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. debug ip bgp events Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] events [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] events [in | out] command.
PAGE 381
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp keepalives Display information about BGP keepalive messages. Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [A.B.C.
PAGE 382
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. Syntax debug ip bgp [A.B.C.
PAGE 383
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-groupname] soft-reconfiguration To disable, use the debug ip bgp [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-groupname] soft-reconfiguration command.
PAGE 384
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging. If no neighbor is specified, debug turns on for all neighbors. debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.
PAGE 385
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 386
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only.
PAGE 387
Related Commands • permit bandwidth – specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permitting incoming or outgoing traffic. description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum).
PAGE 388
maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. Syntax maximum-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, enter the no maximum-paths command. Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes. number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths.
PAGE 389
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI (Address Family Identifier/Subsequent Address Family Identifier). Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 390
neighbor add-path This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to send/receive multiple path advertisements. Syntax Parameters neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] add-path [send | receive | both] path-count ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. send Enter the keyword send to indicate that the system sends multiple paths to peers.
PAGE 391
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters Defaults ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 392
neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting. Syntax neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. seconds Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, before BGP route updates are sent. The range is from 0 to 3600 seconds.
PAGE 393
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is from 1 to 10. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 394
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the default route of all routers in that peer group. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 395
In case of eBGP, the neighbor default-originate command does not support extended-community as a non-transtive route-map attribute. You cannot set this configuration for a peer that is associated with a peer group. Similarly, you cannot associate a peer to a peer group if that peer is already configured with these settings.
PAGE 396
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefixlist-name {in | out} To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 397
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Other BGP filtering commands include: neighbor filter-list, ip as-path access-list, and neighbor route-map. Related Commands • neighbor route-map — assign a route map to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor ebgp-multihop Attempt and accept BGP connections to external peers on networks that are not directly connected.
PAGE 398
Usage Information To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install the default routes of the multihop peer. Networks not directly connected are not considered valid for best-path selection. neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors. Syntax neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over command.
PAGE 399
neighbor local-as To accept external routes from neighbors with a local AS number in the AS number path, configure Internal BGP (IBGP) routers. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} local-as as-number [noprepend] To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} local-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 400
Usage Information If a local-as is configured, BGP does not allow for the configuration of BGP confederation. Similarly, if BGP confederation is configured, then BGP does not allow the configuration of local-as. This command automatically restarts the neighbor session for the configuration to take effect. Related Commands • bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received.
PAGE 401
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 402
You cannot use spaces in the password. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 403
Also, if you configure different passwords on the two routers, the following message appears on the console: %RPM0-P:RP1 %KERN-6-INT: BGP MD5 password mismatch from [peer's IP address] : 11502 to [local router's IP address] :179 neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Allows you to assign one peer to an existing peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name} dmzlink-bw To delete a peer from a peer group, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name} command.
PAGE 404
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information You can assign up to 256 peers to one peer group. When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
PAGE 405
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 406
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.
PAGE 407
number Enter a number of the AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte) or from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.
PAGE 408
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers. Defaults Disabled (that is, private AS number are not removed). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 409
neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-map map-name {in | out} To remove the route map, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} route-map map-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. map-name Enter the name of an established route map.
PAGE 410
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer.
PAGE 411
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster. Neighbors in the cluster do not need not to be fully meshed. By default, when you use no route reflector, the internal BGP (IBGP) speakers in the network must be fully meshed.
PAGE 412
extended (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword extended to send extended community attribute. standard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword standard to send standard community attribute. Defaults Not configured and COMMUNITY attributes are not sent to neighbors. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 413
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 414
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 415
neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} timers command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 416
Usage Information Timer values configured with the neighbor timers command override the timer values configured with any other command. When two neighbors, configured with different keepalive and holdtime values, negotiate for new values, the resulting values are as follows: • the lower of the holdtime value is the new holdtime value, and • whichever is the lower value; one-third of the new holdtime value, or the configured keepalive value, is the new keepalive value.
PAGE 417
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session. The neighbor update-source command is not necessary for directly connected internal BGP sessions. Neighbors are sorted according to the source and destination ip addresses. If an update-source ip address exists, then the source ip address determines the order in which the neighbors are displayed.
PAGE 418
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information In the Dell Networking OS best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: In the Dell Networking OS best-path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. If you configure the set weight command in a route map applied to this neighbor, the weight set in that command overrides the weight set in the neighbor weight command.
PAGE 419
• set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 420
Related Commands • redistribute — redistribute routes into BGP. network backdoor Specify this IGP route as the preferred route. Syntax network ip-address mask backdoor To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask backdoor command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 421
permit bandwidth Enables you to specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permit incoming or outgoing traffic. Syntax permit bandwidth To disable this setting, enter the no permit bandwidth command. Parameters bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to specify extendedcommunity attribute as the matching criteria for permitting traffic. The range is from 0 to 102400.
PAGE 422
route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ip address • set community • set local-preference • set metric • set next-hop • set origin • set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 423
applied outbound to an EBGP peer/peer-group, the advertised routes corresponding to those peer/peer-groups have the IGP cost set as MED. If you do not configure the default-metric command, in addition to the redistribute command, or there is no route map to set the metric, the metric for redistributed static and connected is “0”. To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the neighbor defaultoriginate command.
PAGE 424
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 425
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 426
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 427
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Dell(conf-router_bgp)# show capture bgp-pdu neighbor 20.20.20.2 Incoming packet capture enabled for BGP neighbor 20.20.20.
PAGE 428
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell(conf-router_bgp)# show config ! router bgp 100 network 1.1.11.1/32 network 1.1.12.1/32 network 1.1.13.1/32 neighbor 10.1.1.
PAGE 429
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810.
PAGE 430
Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Weight Path *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 Next Hop Metric LocPrf 0 200 i 0 200 i All the show and debugs commands display the link band width extendedcommunity prefixed with DMZ-Link-bw along with other extended communities.
PAGE 431
Command Modes Command History ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related to only to the ipv6 unicast routes. cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. The range is 1 — 4294967295. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON.
PAGE 432
Example Field Description Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell# show ip bgp cluster-list BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 433
ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system.
PAGE 434
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 435
Dell# show ip bgp community BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Weight Path *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.
PAGE 436
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 437
BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 200 i Dell# show ip bgp 55.0.0.0/24 BGP routing table entry for 55.0.0.
PAGE 438
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 439
Example Dell# show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network d 55.0.0.0/24 From Reuse 172.16.0.
PAGE 440
NdTics 74857 : NhLocAS 1 : NdState 2 : NdRPMPrim 1 : NdListSoc 13 NdAuto 1 : NdEqCost 1 : NdSync 0 : NdDefOrg 0 NdV6ListSoc 14 NdDefDid 0 : NdConfedId 0 : NdMedConfed 0 : NdMedMissVal -1 : NdIgnrIllId 0 : NdRRC2C 1 : NdClstId 33686273 : NdPaTblP 0x41a19088 NdASPTblP 0x41a19090 : NdCommTblP 0x41a19098 : NhOptTransTblP 0x41a190a0 : NdRRClsTblP 0x41a190a8 NdPktPA 0 : NdLocCBP 0x41a6f000 : NdTmpPAP 0x419efc80 : NdTmpASPAP 0x41a25000 : NdTmpCommP 0x41a25800 NdTmpRRClP 0x41a4b000 : NdTmpOptP 0x41a4b800 : NdTmpNHP
PAGE 441
NdSpFlag 0x41a190b0 : AFRttP 0x41a0d200 : NdRTMMkrP 0x41a19d28 : NdRTMAFTblVer 0 : NdRibCtxAddr 1101110688 NdRibCtxAddrLen 255 : NdAFPrefix 0 : NdAfNLRIP 0 : NdAFNLRILen 0 : NdAFWPtrP 0 NdAFWLen 0 : NdAfNH : NdAFRedRttP 0x41a0d400 : NdRecCtxAdd 1101110868 NdRedCtxAddrLen 255 : NdAfRedMkrP 0x41a19e88 : AFAggRttP 0x41a0d600 : AfAggCtxAddr 1101111028 : AfAggrCtxAddrLen 255 AfNumAggrPfx 0 : AfNumAggrASSet 0 : AfNumSuppmap 0 : AfNumAggrValidPfx 0 : AfMPathRttP 0x41a0d700 MpathCtxAddr 1101111140 : MpathCtxAddrlen
PAGE 442
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 443
show ip bgp filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] filter-list as-path-name ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 444
Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp filter-list hello command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Path source codes Lists the path sources shown to the right of the last AS number in the Path column: • i = internal route entry • a = aggregate route entry • c = external confederation route entry • n = network route entry • r = redistributed route entry Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.
PAGE 445
show ip bgp flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] flap-statistics [ip-address [mask]] [filter-list aspath-name] [regexp regular-expression] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view flap statistics on BGP routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 446
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. • { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 447
Example Field Description Path Lists all the ASs the flapping route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell# show ip bgp flap-statistics BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 448
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp inconsistent-as command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router.
PAGE 449
* * 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 0 18508 209 3549 i 0 18508 209 701 i 0 18508 209 701 i Dell# show ip bgp vrf testinconsistent-as BGP table version is 11, local router ID is 66.66.77.77 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric *>n 11.11.11.11/32 0.0.0.
PAGE 450
dampened-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords dampened-routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view neighborspecific internal information for the IPv4 Unicast address family. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to view flap statistics on the neighbor’s routes. routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes.
PAGE 451
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added the detail option. Output now displays the default MED value. 7.2.1.0 Added the received and denied route options. 6.3.10 The output is changed to display the total number of advertised prefixes. Usage Information After a peer reset, the contents of the notification log messages is displayed in hex values for debugging.
PAGE 452
Example 452 The Lines Beginning with: Description Received messages This line displays the number of BGP messages received, the number of notifications (error messages), and the number of messages waiting in a queue for processing. Sent messages The line displays the number of BGP messages sent, the number of notifications (error messages), and the number of messages waiting in a queue for processing. Received updates This line displays the number of BGP updates received and sent.
PAGE 453
Last read 00:00:03, Last write 00:00:55 Hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Received 50 messages, 0 in queue 1 opens, 0 notifications, 34 updates 15 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Sent 18 messages, 0 in queue 1 opens, 0 notifications, 0 updates 16 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Route refresh request: received 0, sent messages 1 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv4 Un
PAGE 454
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 455
• . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns.
PAGE 456
Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp path command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Total Displays the total number of BGP path attributes. Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using this path attribute. Metric Displays the MED attribute for this path attribute.
PAGE 457
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp paths community command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored.
PAGE 458
Command Modes Command History ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view detailed status information of the peers in that peer group. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group.
PAGE 459
Example Line beginning with: Description BGP version Displays the BGP version supported. Minimum time Displays the time interval between BGP advertisements. For address family Displays IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP neighbor Displays the name of the BGP neighbor. Number of peers Displays the number of peers currently configured for this peer group. Peer-group members: Lists the IP addresses of the peers in the peer group.
PAGE 460
• ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. • { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string.
PAGE 461
Example Field Description LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight Path Lists all the AS paths the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell# show ip bgp regexp ^200 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 462
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information In BGP, route attributes are maintained at different locations.
PAGE 463
Field Description denied paths Displays the number of denied paths and the amount of memory used. BGP path attribute entries Displays the number of BGP path attributes and the amount of memory used to process them. BGP AS-PATH entries Displays the number of BGP AS_PATH attributes processed and the amount of memory used to process them. BGP community entries Displays the number of BGP COMMUNITY attributes processed and the amount of memory used to process them.
PAGE 464
Field Description If a maximum limit was configured with the neighbor maximum-prefix command, (prfxd) appears in this column. If the neighbor is not in Established stage, the current stage is displayed (Idle, Connect, Active, OpenSent, OpenConfirm). When the peer is transitioning between states and clearing the routes received, the phrase (Purging) may appear in this column. If the neighbor is disabled, the phrase (Admin shut) appears in this column.
PAGE 465
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show running-config bgp ! router bgp 100 network 1.1.11.1/32 network 1.1.12.1/32 network 1.1.13.1/32 neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 200 neighbor 10.1.1.
PAGE 466
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 467
ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view dampened-route information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view dampened-route information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view dampened-route information related only to ipv6 unicast routes.
PAGE 468
local-distance Defaults Enter a number to assign to routes learned from networks listed in the network command. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200. • external-distance = 20 • internal-distance = 200 • local-distance = 200 Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 469
Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 470
The history paths that the show ip bgp command displays contain only the prefix and the next-hop information. The next-hop information shows the ip address of the neighbor. It does not show the actual next-hop details. The following describes the show ip bgp damp command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route.
PAGE 471
Content Addressable Memory (CAM) 10 You can use content addressable memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 472
• You MUST save your changes and reboot the system for CAM profiling or allocations to take effect. CAM Profile Commands The CAM profiling feature allows you to partition the CAM to best suit your application. For example: • Configure more Layer 2 forwarding information base (FIB) entries when the system is deployed as a switch. • Configure more Layer 3 FIB entries when the system is deployed as a router. • Configure more access control lists (ACLs) (when IPv6 is not employed).
PAGE 473
Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings and set the CAM as follows: • L2Acl : 2 • Ipv4Acl : 2 • Ipv6Acl : 0 • Ipv4Qos : 2 • L2Qos : 2 • L2PT : 0 • IpMacAcl : 1 • VmanQos : 0 • EtsAcl : 0 • FcoeAcl : 0 • ipv4pbr : 0 • vrfv4Acl : 0 • Openflow : 0 • fedgovacl : 0 • nlbclusteracl: 0 l2acl number Enter the keyword l2acl and then the number of l2acl blocks. The range is from 0 to 8 in multiples of 2.
PAGE 474
NOTE: When you reconfigure CAM allocation, use the nlbclusteracl number command to change the number of NLB ARP entries. The range is from 0 to 9. The default value is 0. At the default value of 0, eight NLB ARP entries are available for use. This platform supports up to 512 CAM entries. Select 1 to configure 256 entries. Select 2 to configure 512 entries.
PAGE 475
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the nlbcluster ACL keyword. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for PBR and VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Added support for fcoe. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.2 Clarified block information for the S4810. 8.3.10.
PAGE 476
l2acl number Allocate space to each CAM region. The total space allocated must equal 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.
PAGE 477
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you enable this command, if a Policy Map containing classification rules (ACL and/or dscp/ ip-precedence rules) is applied to more than one physical interface on the same port pipe, only a single copy of the policy is written (only one FP entry is used).
PAGE 478
Usage Information The display reflects the settings implemented with the cam-acl command. Example test cam-usage Verify that enough CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you have created. Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input input policy name stackunit {number | all} policy-map name Enter the name of the policy-map to verify. Maximum is 32 characters.
PAGE 479
The following describes the test cam-usage command shown in the following example. Example Term Explanation Stack-Unit Lists the stack unit or units that are checked. Entering all shows the status for all stacks. Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for stack-units and port-pipes in the chassis. . CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile.
PAGE 480
hardware forwarding-table mode Select a mode to initialize the maximum scalability size for L2 MAC table or L3 Host table or L3 Route table. Syntax Parameters hardware forwarding-table-mode {scaled-l2-switch | scaled-l3hosts | scaled-l3-routes} scaled-l2switch Enter the keywords scaled-l2-switch to select the forwarding table mode for scaling l3 switch entries. scaled-l3– hosts Enter the keywords scaled-l3–hosts to select the forwarding table mode for scaling l3 host entries.
PAGE 481
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500 switch. Dell#show hardware forwarding-table mode Settings Mode hosts L2 MAC Entries L3 Host Entries L3 Route Entries Dell# Related Commands : : : : Current Settings Next Boot Default scaled-l3- 72K 72K 16K 8K 136K 16K hardware forwarding-table mode — selects the mode to initialize the maximum scalability size for L2 MAC table or L3 Host table or L3 Route table.
PAGE 482
11 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level. control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 483
service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues Apply a policy map for the system to rate limit control traffic on a per-queue basis. Syntax Parameters service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues policy-name policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 484
service-policy rate-limit-protocols Apply a policy for the system to rate limit control protocols on a per-protocol basis. Syntax Parameters service-policy rate-limit-protocols policy-name policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 485
show cpu-queue rate cp Display the rates for each CPU queue. Syntax show cpu-queue rate cp Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 486
show ip protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured protocol. Syntax show ip protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example 486 Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
PAGE 487
show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured IPv6 protocol. Syntax show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 488
show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for the MAC protocols. Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example 488 Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 489
Data Center Bridging (DCB) 12 Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking OS commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
PAGE 490
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. • dcb enable — enable priority flow control or enhanced transmission selection on interface. PFC Commands The following PFC commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 491
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information If you do not use the statistics parameter, both hardware and DCBx counters clear. pfc no-drop queues Configure the port queues that still function as no-drop queues for lossless traffic. Syntax pfc no-drop queues queue-range To remove the no-drop port queues, use the no pfc no-drop queues command.
PAGE 492
• dot1p Value in the Incoming Frame Description heading 0 1 1 0 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 Before configuring the port queues to function as no-drop queues, you must first apply the dcb-map map with pfc mode off. To apply the dcb-map with pfc mode off, use the following commands: dcb-map pfcoff and no pfc mode on. pfc priority Configure the CoS traffic to be stopped for the specified delay.
PAGE 493
Version Description 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information The default number of 802.1p priorities that you can enable for PFC is –2. The maximum number of 802.1p priorities that you can enable for PFC is –4. Queues to which PFC priority traffic is mapped are lossless by default. Traffic may be interrupted due to an interface flap (going down and coming up) when you reconfigure the lossless queues for no-drop priorities.
PAGE 494
show interface pfc Displays the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on an interface, including priorities and link delay. Syntax Parameters Command Modes show interface port-type slot/port[/subport] pfc {summary | statistics | detail | buffer-threshold} port-type slot/ port[/subport] pfc Enter the port-type slot and port PFC information. Enter the subport number if a 40G port is fanned-out into 10G ports.
PAGE 495
Field Description admin operational status for a DCBX exchange of PFC configuration is enabled or disabled. Remote is enabled, Priority list Remote Willing Status is enabled Operational status (enabled or disabled) of peer device for DCBX exchange of PFC configuration with a list of the configured PFC priorities. Willing status of peer device for DCBX exchange (Willing bit received in PFC TLV): enabled or disable.
PAGE 496
Example (Summary) Field Description PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Rx pkts Number of PFC pause frames received.
PAGE 497
Example (Summary) Dell(conf)#show interfaces tengigabitethernet 1/13/2 pfc statistics Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/13/2 Interface Priority Rx XOFF Frames Rx Total Frames Tx Total Frames ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Te 1/13/2 P0 0 0 0 Te 1/13/2 P1 0 0 0 Te 1/13/2 P2 0 0 0 Te 1/13/2 P3 0 0 0 Te 1/13/2 P4 0 0 0 Te 1/13/2 P5 0 0 0 Te 1/13/2 P6 0 0 0 Te 1/13/2 P7 0 0 0 Dell(conf)# ETS Commands The following ETS commands are supported on the D
PAGE 498
clear ets counters Clear all ETS TLV counters on an interface. Syntax Parameters clear ets counters port-type slot/port[/subport] port-type Enter the keywords port-type then the slot/port information. Enter the subport number if a 40G port is fanned-out into 10G ports. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 499
Example (Summary) Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.2) Down status messages added. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 500
Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/20/1 Max Supported PG is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 15 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW
PAGE 501
• ets-conf: enables the advertisement of ETS configuration TLVs. • ets-reco: enables the advertisement of ETS recommend TLVs. • pfc: enables the advertisement of PFC TLVs. Defaults All PFC and ETS TLVs are advertised. Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 502
| auto-upstream | manual • auto-upstream: configures the port to receive a peer configuration. The configuration source is elected from auto-upstream ports. • auto-downstream: configures the port to accept the internally propagated DCB configuration from a configuration source. • manual: configures the port to operate only on administer-configured DCB parameters. The port does not accept a DCB configuration received form a peer or a local configuration source.
PAGE 503
• ieee-v2: configures the port to use IEEE 802.1az (Draft 2.5). Defaults Auto Command Modes INTERFACE PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.
PAGE 504
• tlv: enables traces for DCBX TLVs. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.
PAGE 505
show interface dcbx detail Displays the DCBX configuration on an interface. Syntax Parameters show interface port-type slot/port[/subport] dcbx detail port-type Enter the port type. slot/port[/subport] Enter the slot/port number. Enter the subport number if a 40G port is fanned-out into 10G ports. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 506
Field Description Configuration Source Specifies whether the port serves as the DCBX configuration source on the switch: true (yes) or false (no). Local DCBX Compatibility mode DCBX version accepted in a DCB configuration as compatible. In auto-upstream mode, a port can only receive a DCBX version supported on the remote peer. Local DCBX Configured mode DCBX version configured on the port: CEE,, IEEE v2.5, or Auto (port auto-configures to use the DCBX version received from a peer).
PAGE 507
Example Field Description Total DCBX Frames transmitted Number of DCBX frames sent from the local port. Total DCBX Frames received Number of DCBX frames received from the remote peer port. Total DCBX Frame errors Number of DCBX frames with errors received. Total DCBX Frames unrecognized Number of unrecognizable DCBX frames received.
PAGE 508
dcb-map Create a DCB map to configure priority flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection (ETS) on Ethernet ports that support converged Ethernet traffic. Apply the DCB map to an Ethernet interface. Syntax Parameters dcb-map map-name map-name Enter a DCB map name. The maximum number of alphanumeric characters is 32. Defaults None. There are no pre-configured PFC and ETS settings on S5000 Ethernet interfaces.
PAGE 509
priority-pgid Assign 802.1p priority traffic to a priority group in a DCB map. Syntax Parameters priority-pgid dot1p0_group-num dot1p1_group-num dot1p2_groupnum dot1p3_group-num dot1p4_group-num dot1p5_group-num dot1p6_group-num dot1p7_group-num dot1p0_groupnum Enter the priority group number for each 802.1p class of traffic in a DCB map.
PAGE 510
the same priority group. For example, the priority-pgid 0 0 0 1 2 4 4 4 command creates the following groups of 802.1p priority traffic: • Priority group 0 contains traffic with dot1p priorities 0, 1, and 2. • Priority group 1 contains traffic with dot1p priority 3. • Priority group 2 contains traffic with dot1p priority 4. • Priority group 4 contains traffic with dot1p priority 5, 6, and 7. To remove a priority-pgid configuration from a DCB map, enter the no priority-pgid command.
PAGE 511
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S6000 platforms. Usage Information Use the dcb-map command to configure priority groups with PFC and/or ETS settings and apply them to Ethernet interfaces. Use the priority-pgid command to map 802.1p priorities to a priority group. You can assign each 802.1p priority to only one priority group. A priority group consists of 802.
PAGE 512
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S5000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. Usage Information Configure the maximum shared buffer available for PFC traffic.
PAGE 513
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S5000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000. Usage Information When you enter the profile name, you enter the DCB buffer threshold configuration mode.
PAGE 514
threshold-value Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 512. The default is 18 KB. resume-offset Buffer offset limit for resuming in KB threshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 512. The default is 9 KB. shared-thresholdweight Buffer shared threshold weight size Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 11.
PAGE 515
dcb-policy buffer-threshold (Interface Configuration) Assign the DCB policy to the DCB buffer threshold profile on interfaces. This setting takes precedence over the global buffer-threshold setting. Syntax Parameters dcb-policy buffer-threshold profile-name buffer-threshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold profile-name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length.
PAGE 516
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S5000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, and S4820T. Usage Information Configure the maximum buffer available for PFC traffic.
PAGE 517
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform.
PAGE 518
Field Description queue Number of the queue lossless Whether the queue is a lossy or lossless queue for which buffer threshold is configured buffer-size Ingress buffer size pause-thresholdvalue Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. resumethreshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. shared threshold weight Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system.
PAGE 519
• Data Center Bridging (DCB) “pfc priority” CLI is mutually exclusive to “no dcb pfc enable” command.
PAGE 520
13 Debugging and Diagnostics The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS. Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands The following section describes the diagnostics and monitoring commands. For similar commands, refer to the Control and Monitoring chapter. logging coredump stack-unit Enable coredump on a stack.
PAGE 521
Usage Information The Kernel core dump can be large and may take up to 5 to 30 minutes to upload. Dell Networking OS does not overwrite application core dumps so you should delete them as necessary to conserve space on the flash; if the flash is out of memory, the coredump is aborted. Dell Networking OS completes the coredump process and wait until the upload is complete before rebooting the system.
PAGE 522
support for automatic partitioning. Level 2 diagnostics are used primarily for on-board loopback tests and more extensive component diagnostics. Various components on the board are put into Loopback mode and test packets are transmitted through those components. These diagnostics also perform snake tests using VLAN configurations. verbose Enter the keyword verbose to run the diagnostic in Verbose mode. Verbose mode gives more information in the output than Standard mode.
PAGE 523
Parameters number Enter the stack-unit id. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 524
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
PAGE 525
Example Dell#show diag information Diag information: Diag software image version: 9.8(1.0) ------------------------------------------------------------------stack-unit Member 1: No Unit diags executed yet (stack-unit not Offline).
PAGE 526
Hardware Commands These commands display information from a hardware sub-component or ASIC. clear hardware stack-unit Clear statistics from selected hardware components.
PAGE 527
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. • show hardware stack-unit — display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. clear hardware system-flow Clear system-flow statistics from selected hardware components.
PAGE 528
clear hardware vlan-counters Clear VLAN statistics. Syntax Parameters clear hardware vlan-couters vlan-id vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 529
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This command enables a hardware watchdog mechanism that automatically reboots an Dell Networking OS switch/ router with a single unresponsive unit. This behavior is a last-resort mechanism intended to prevent a manual power cycle. show hardware mac Display MAC ACL entries for the specified stack-unit, port-pipe and pipeline ID.
PAGE 530
Usage Information The unit numbers given are internal port numbers. show hardware ip Display ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. Syntax Parameters show hardware layer3 {acl | qos} stack-unit number port-set 0–0 pipeline pipeline-number acl | qos Enter either the keyword acl or the keyword qos to select between ACL or QoS data. stack-unit number Enter the keywords stack-unit then a number to select a stack ID.
PAGE 531
Parameters ipv6 acl Enter the keyword ipv6 acl to select IPv6 ACL data. stack-unit number Enter the keywords stack-unit then a number to select a stack ID. The range is from 1 to 6. port-set 0–0 Enter the keyword port-set with a port-pipe number. The range is from 0 to 0. pipeline pipelinenumber Enter the keyword pipeline with a pipeline number to display the MAC ACL entries specific to the pipeline number. The range is from 0 to 3.
PAGE 532
Defaults Command Modes Command History 532 cpu data-plane statistics Enter the keywords cpu data-plane statistics to display the data plane statistics. cpu i2c statistics Enter the keywords cpu i2c statistics to display the counters of i2c devices. cpu management statistics Enter the keywords cpu management statistics to display the counters of the management port.
PAGE 533
Example (DataPlane) Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.5 Added i2c statistics and sata-interfaces statistics. 8.3.11.4 Added user port information. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 534
Example (PartyBus) Dell# show hardware stack-unit 1 cpu party-bus statistics Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 dropped, 0 errors Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 errors Example (Drops Unit) Dell# show hardware stack-unit 1 drops unit 0 UserPort PortNumber Ingress Drops IngMac Drops Total Mmu Drops EgMac Drops Egress Drops 30/1 1 0 0 0 0 0 30/2 2 0 0 0 0 0 30/3 3 0 0 0 0 0 30/4 4 0 0 0 0 0 29/1 5 0 0 0 0 0 29/2 6 0 0 0 0 0 29/3 7 0 0 0 0 0 29/4 8 0 0 0 0 0 [output truncated] Example (PortStat
PAGE 535
Tag FA xe10 FA Tag CR up CR 8996 1 8996 No 25G FD No SW No Forward Example (Register) Dell# show hardware stack-unit 1 unit 0 register 0x38804000 ASF_CREDIT_THRESH_HI.xe113 = 0x00000007 0x38804010 ASF_CREDIT_THRESH_HI.xe114 = 0x00000007 0x38804001 ASF_CREDIT_THRESH_HI.xe115 = 0x00000007 0x38804011 ASF_CREDIT_THRESH_HI.xe116 = 0x00000007 0x38804002 ASF_CREDIT_THRESH_HI.xe109 = 0x00000007 0x38804012 ASF_CREDIT_THRESH_HI.xe110 = 0x00000007 0x38804003 ASF_CREDIT_THRESH_HI.
PAGE 536
RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX 536 - Fragment Counter VLAN Tagged Packets Ingress Dropped Packet MTU Check Error Frame Counter PFC Frame Priority 0 PFC Frame Priority 1 PFC Frame Priority 2 PFC Frame Priority 3 PFC Frame Priority 4 PFC Frame Priority 5 PFC Frame Priority 6 PFC Frame Priority 7 Debug Counter 0 Debug Counter 1 Debug Counter 2 Debug Count
PAGE 537
TX - Debug Counter 9 TX - Debug Counter 10 Example (Details) 0 ************************** bcmLinkMonStatusShow: The Current Link Status Is Front End Link Status 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Front End Port Presence 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Backplane Link Status 0x00000000 ****************************************************** Link Status of all the ports in the Device - 0 The The The The The The The The linkStatus linkStatus linkStatus linkStatus linkStatus linkStatus lin
PAGE 538
Parameters interface interface type interfacenumber Enter the keyword interface followed by the keyword interface type and interface number to display the buffer details of a particular interface. Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port[/subport] or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 539
Table 1. Show Output Fields Field Description Buffer Stats for Interface interfacenumber Queue queue-number Displays the counters that are calculated by the buffer statistics tracking method for each port per queue on a particular stack member.
PAGE 540
Command Modes • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 541
MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST Example displaying egress queue-level snapshot for unicast packets for the specific interface 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface hundredGigE 1/10 queue ucast 0 Stack-unit 1 unit: 0 port: 34 (interface Hu 1/10) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 Dell# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface hund
PAGE 542
group level snapshot for the specific interface Stack-unit 1 unit: 0 port: 34 (interface Hu 1/10) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 Dell# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface hundredGigE 1/10 prio-group all Stack-unit 1 unit: 0 port: 34 (interface Hu 1/10) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0
PAGE 543
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Removed the keywords stack-unit. Introduced on the Z9500. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.
PAGE 544
HOL DROPS on COS8 HOL DROPS on COS9 HOL DROPS on COS10 HOL DROPS on COS11 HOL DROPS on COS12 HOL DROPS on COS13 HOL DROPS on COS14 HOL DROPS on COS15 HOL DROPS on COS16 HOL DROPS on COS17 TxPurge CellErr Aged Drops --- Egress MAC counters--Egress FCS Drops --- Egress FORWARD PROCESSOR IPv4 L3UC Aged & Drops TTL Threshold Drops INVALID VLAN CNTR Drops L2MC Drops PKT Drops of ANY Conditions Hg MacUnderflow TX Err PKT Counter --- Error counters--Internal Mac Transmit Errors Unknown Opcodes Internal Mac Receive
PAGE 545
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 546
RX - Debug Counter 1 RX - Debug Counter 2 0 0 show hardware system-flow Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. Syntax Parameters show hardware system-flow stack-unit id port-set number [counters | pipeline pipeline-number] stack-unit id Enter the keywords stack-unit to select a stack member ID. port-set number [counters | pipeline pipelinenumber] Enter the keywords port-set with a port-pipe number.
PAGE 547
3053 3052 Example ISIS L1, L2 traffic Redirects ISIS P2P IIH, EH traffic Redirects 0 0 Dell# show hardware system-flow stack-unit 1 port-set 0 ############## FP Entry for redirecting STP BPDU to CPU Port ################ EID 0x00000bfb: gid=0x3c, slice=5, slice_idx=0, part =1 prio=0xbfb, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, DstMac Part:0 Offset0: 48 Width0: 16 Part:0 Offset1: 64 Width1: 16 Part:0 Offset2: 80 Width2: 4 Part:0 Offset3: 84 Width3: 4 Part:0 Offset4: 88 Width4: 4 Part:0 Off
PAGE 548
Example Related Commands 548 Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command. Dell# show hardware vlan-counters 1 Counters for vlanid: 1 -----------------------Total number of inpackets: 0 Total number of inbytes: 0 Total number of outpackets: 0 Total number of outbytes: 0 Dell# • clear hardware system-flow — clear the statistics from selected hardware components.
PAGE 549
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 14 Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine. Commands to Configure the System to be a DHCP Server To configure the system to be a DHCP server, use the following commands. clear ip dhcp Reset the DHCP counters.
PAGE 550
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information Press Enter after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table. debug ip dhcp server Display FTOS debugging messages for DHCP.
PAGE 551
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. debug ipv6 dhcp To enable debug logs for DHCPv6 relay agent transactions. Syntax debug ipv6 dhcp To disable the debug logs for dhcpv6 relay agent transactions, use the debug ipv6 dhcp command. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 552
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. disable Disable the DHCP server. Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. To enable the system to be a DHCP server, use the no disable command.
PAGE 553
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. Syntax Parameters dns-server address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet. You may list up to eight servers, in order of preference. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 554
Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 555
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address. Syntax Parameters hardware-address address address Enter the hardware address of the client.
PAGE 556
host For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool. Syntax Parameters host address address/mask Enter the host IP address and subnet mask. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 557
infinite Specify that the lease never expires. Defaults 24 hours Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 558
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-node-type Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP client. Dell Networking recommends specifying clients as hybrid.
PAGE 559
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. network Specify the range of addresses in an address pool. Syntax Parameters network network /prefix-length network/ prefixlength Specify a range of addresses. Prefix-length range is from 17 to 31. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 560
Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 561
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 562
Default Routers Network : 1.1.1.1 : 1.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 show ip dhcp conflict Display the address conflict log. Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp conflict address address Display a particular conflict log entry. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 563
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Commands to Configure Secure DHCP DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms.
PAGE 564
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • arp inspection-trust — specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table. arp inspection-trust Specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table.
PAGE 565
clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. Syntax Parameters clear ip dhcp snooping {binding | source-address-validation discard-counters [interface interface]} binding Clears the binding table. source-addressvalidation discardcounters Clears discard counters from all the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Specifies an interface to clear the discard counters.
PAGE 566
Example Version Description 9.6(0.0) Added the keywords discard-counters, interface, and the variable interface on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, Z9500. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 567
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. Dell# clear ipv6 dhcp snooping? binding Clear the snooping binding database ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82. Syntax Parameters ip dhcp relay information-option [remote-id | trust-downstream] remote-id Configure the system to enable the remote-id string in option-82.
PAGE 568
ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP snooping globally. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 569
To disable the snooping globally, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series.
PAGE 570
ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ip-address interface interface-type lease number mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094.
PAGE 571
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • show ip dhcp snooping — display the contents of the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 572
• Defaults Command Modes Command History For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information. interface number Enter the number of the interface. lease value Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IPv6 address are leased. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. None • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 573
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ipv6 dhcp snooping database write-delay To set time interval for storing the snooping binding entries in a file.
PAGE 574
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 575
ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 576
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable the IP Source Guard. Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation [ipmac] [vlan vlan-id] ipmac Enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) SAV validates the source IP address along with the source VLAN ID against the DHCP snooping binding table.
PAGE 577
Usage Information Allocate at least one FP block to ipmacacl before you can enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation and SAV with VLAN option. 1. Use the cam-acl l2acl command from CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Save the running-config to the startup-config. 3. Reload the system. ip dhcp relay information-option Enable Option 82.
PAGE 578
Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. Dell(conf)# ip dhcp relay information-option vpn ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 579
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. ip helper-address Configures the destination broadcast address or the host address for DHCP server requests.
PAGE 580
ipv6 helper-address Configures the ipv6 DHCP helper addresses without VRF. Syntax [no] ipv6 helper-address ipv6-address To delete the ipv6 helper address, use the [no] ipv6 helper-address ipv6address command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the keywordipv6–address through which the server address can be reached. Default Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 581
Parameters Description source-addressvalidation Display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. discard-counters (OPTIONAL) Display the number of dropped packets. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Specifies an interface to show the discard counters. Enter any of the following keywords and the interface information: Defaults Command Modes Command History • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 582
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The following example displays the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard: Dell> show ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation ip sav access-list on TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/1 Total cam count 3 permit host 0.0.0.0 count (0 packets) permit host 10.1.1.
PAGE 583
permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.3 host 00:00:00:00:01:03 packets) count (0 NOTE: The output for port-channel interfaces does not display the physical interface.
PAGE 584
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. Dell# show ipv6 dhcp snooping IPv6 DHCP Snooping IPv6 DHCP Snooping Mac Verification : Enabled. : Disabled.
PAGE 585
Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.
PAGE 586
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Use this command to configure a domain name corresponding to a VRF. This domain is appended to the in complete DNS requests corresponding to the specified VRF. Example Dell(conf)# ip domain-name vrf jay dell.
PAGE 587
Usage Information Use this command to add domain names to the DNS lists corresponding to a specific VRF. You can add up to a maximum of six domain names to the DNS list corresponding to a VRF. This domain is used to complete the unqualified host names. Example Dell(conf)# ip domain-list Dell(conf)# ip domain-list vrf jay dell.com vrf jay force10.com ip host Configures a mapping between the host name server and the IP address for a specific VRF.
PAGE 588
clear host Removes one or all dynamically learned host table entries for a specific VRF. Syntax Parameters clear host [vrf vrf-name] {* | host-name} vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to delete dynamically learned host table entries corresponding to that VRF. host-name Enter the name of the host corresponding to which you want to delete the dynamically learnt host table entries. * Enter * to delete all host table entries.
PAGE 589
Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) 15 Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold.
PAGE 590
Defaults Command Modes Command History Off • CONFIGURATION • CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.
PAGE 591
To return to the default ECMP hash algorithm, use the no hash-algorithm ecmp algorithm-value command.
PAGE 592
Enter the keywords stack-unit, then a stack-unit number, to specify a stack-unit. Enter the keywords port-set port-pipe then the port pipe number. The range is from 0 to 5. hg-seed seedvalue stack-unit Enter the keywords hg-seed then the hash algorithm seed value. The range is from 0 to 2147483646. Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack unit number. Enter the keywords port-set then the stack-unit port-pipe number. lag hash algorithm Enter the keywords hg-seed . The range is from 0 to 47.
PAGE 593
Version Description 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Added the nh-ecmp option. 7.7.1.1 Added the nh-ecmp option. Usage Information To ensure that CRC is not used for LAG, set the default hash-algorithm method on E-Series systems. For example,hash-algorithm ecmp xor lag checksum nh-ecmp checksum. The hash value calculated with the hash-algorithm command is unique to the entire unit.
PAGE 594
ip ecmp-group Enable and specify the maximum number of ecmp that the L3 CAM hold for a route, By default, when maximum paths are not configured, the CAM can hold a maximum of 16 ecmp per route. Syntax ip ecmp-group {maximum-paths | {number} {path-fallback} To negate a command, use the no ip ecmp-group maximum-paths {number} command. Parameters maximum-paths Specify the maximum number of ECMP for a route. The range is 2 to 64. path-fallback Use the keywords path-fallback to enable this feature.
PAGE 595
To disable weighted ECMP calculations, enter the no ip ecmp weighted command. Defaults N/A Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 596
Parameters percent Indicate the threshold value when traffic distribution starts being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. The range is from 1 to 90%. The default is 60%. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
PAGE 597
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 598
Flex Hash and Optimized Boot-Up 16 This chapter describes the Flex Hash and fast-boot enhancements. load-balance ingress-port enable Enable the Flex hash functionality. This utility is supported on the platform. Syntax load-balance ingress-port enable To disable the Flex hash capability, use the no version of this command. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. 9.2(1.
PAGE 599
load-balance flexhash Specify the parameters for the Flex Hash mechanism, such as whether IPv4 or IPv6 packets must be subject to Flex Hash functionality, a unique protocol number, the offset of hash fields from the start of the L4 header to be used for hash calculation, and a meaningful description to associate the protocol number with the name.
PAGE 600
Command History Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information With the introduction of various overlay technologies such as network virtualization using generic routing encapsulation (NVGRE) segments and Routable Remote Direct Memory Access (RRDMA) over Converged Ethernet (RRoCE), information related to a traffic flow is contained in the L4 header.
PAGE 601
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.3(0.0) Added support for the fastboot parameter for S6000 platform. Usage Information You can configure an optimization technique to reduce the booting time of an S6000 Switch.
PAGE 602
If you configure the optimized booting-time capability and perform a reload of the system, the LACP application sends PDUs across all the active LACP links immediately. Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no encapsulation dot1q vlan-id command.
PAGE 603
17 FIP Snooping In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs). Acting as a transit FIP snooping bridge, the switch uses dynamically created access control lists (ACLs) to permit only authorized FCoE traffic to transmit between an FCoE end-device and an FCF.
PAGE 604
clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. Syntax Parameters clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type slot/port[/subport] | interface portchannel port-channel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared. port-type slot/ port Enter the slot number and port-type of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
PAGE 605
ifm Enter the keyword ifm for IFM-specific debugging. info Enter the keyword info for information-specific debugging. ipc Enter the keyword ipc for IPC-specific debugging. ns Enter the keyword ns for name-server-specific debugging. rscn Enter the keyword rscn for RSCN-specific debugging. rx Enter the keyword rx for packet receive-specific debugging. tx Enter the keyword tx for packet transmit-specific debugging. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 606
interface • ns — Enter the keyword ns to enable debugging of the name-server packets. • virtual-link-instantiation — Enter the keywords virtual-link-instantiation to enable debugging on FLOGI, FDISC, and FLOGO packets. • virtual-link-maintenance — Enter the keywords virtual-link-maintenance to enable debugging on FIP clear virtual link frames and keepalives. • vlan-discovery — Enter the keywords vlandiscovery to enable debugging on VLAN requests and notifications.
PAGE 607
feature fip-snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch. Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 608
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The maximum number of FCFs supported per FIP snooping-enabled VLAN is 12. The default number of FIP snooping sessions supported per ENode server is 32. The maximum number of FIP snooping sessions supported per ENode server is 64.
PAGE 609
fip-snooping max-sessions-per-enodemac Configure the maximum session limit per ENode MAC address. Syntax fip-snooping max—sessions—per—enode—mac max-sessions-value To return the configured maximum sessions to the default value, use the no fipsnooping max—sessions—per—enode—mac command. Parameters max-sessionsvalue Enter the maximum number of sessions allowed per ENode MAC address. The range is from 1 to 64. Defaults 32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 610
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The maximum number of FCFs supported per FIP snooping-enabled VLAN is four. show fip-snooping config Display the FIP snooping status and configured FC-MAP values. Syntax Command Modes Command History Example show fip-snooping config • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 611
show fip-snooping enode Display information on the ENodes in FIP-snooped sessions, including the ENode interface and MAC address, FCF MAC address, VLAN ID and FC-ID. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show fip-snooping enode [enode-mac-address] enode-macaddress • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the MAC address of the ENodes to display. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 612
show fip-snooping fcf Display information on the FCFs in FIP-snooped sessions, including the FCF interface and MAC address, FCF interface, VLAN ID, FC-MAP value, FKA advertisement period, and number of ENodes connected. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show fip-snooping fcf [fcf-mac-address] fcf-mac-address • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the MAC address of the FCF to display. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 613
54:7f:ee:37:34:40 Po 22 2 100 0e:fc:00 4000 show fip-snooping statistics Display statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all interfaces, including VLANs, physical ports, and port channels. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel portchannel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics displays.
PAGE 614
Field Description Number of VLAN Notifications Number of FIP-snoop VLAN notification frames received on the interface. Number of Multicast Discovery Solicits Number of FIP-snoop multicast discovery solicit frames received on the interface. Number of Unicast Discovery Solicits Number of FIP-snoop unicast discovery solicit frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGI Number of FIP-snoop FLOGI request frames received on the interface.
PAGE 615
Example Field Description Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts Number of FCF discovery timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of VN Port Session Timeouts Number of VN port session timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config Number of session failures due to hardware configuration that occurred on the interface.
PAGE 616
Number of VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 Example (Port Channel) Dell# show fip-snooping statistics interface port-channel 22 Number of Vlan Requests :0 Number of Vlan Notifications :2 Number of Multicast Discovery Solicits :0 Number of Unicast Discovery Solicits :0 Number of FLOGI :0 Number of FDISC :0 Number of FLOGO :0 Number of Enode Keep Alive :0 Number of VN Port Keep Alive :0 Number of Multicast Discovery Advertisement :4451 Number of Unicast Discover
PAGE 617
Example Dell# show fip-snooping system Global Mode : Enabled FCOE VLAN List (Operational) : FCFs : Enodes : Sessions : 1, 100 1 2 17 show fip-snooping vlan Display information on the FCoE VLANs on which FIP snooping is enabled. Syntax Command Modes Command History Example FIP Snooping show fip-snooping vlan • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 618
18 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a highspeed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode. Important Points to Remember • FRRP is media- and speed-independent.
PAGE 619
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 620
To disable debugging, use the no debug frrp {event | packet | detail} {ring-id} [countnumber] command. Parameters event Enter the keyword event to display debug information related to ring protocol transitions. packet Enter the keyword packet to display brief debug information related to control packets. detail Enter the keyword detail to display detailed debug information related to the entire ring protocol packets. ring-id (Optional) Enter the ring identification number.
PAGE 621
description Enter an identifying description of the ring. Syntax description Word To remove the ring description, use the no description [Word] command. Parameters Word Enter a description of the ring. Maximum: 255 characters. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 622
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 623
secondary interface control-vlan vlanid • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 624
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command causes the Ring Manager to take ownership of the two ports after IFM validates the configuration. Ownership is relinquished for a port only when the interface does not play a part in any control VLAN, that is, the interface does not belong to any ring.
PAGE 625
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. mode Set the Master or Transit mode of the ring. Syntax mode {master | transit} To reset the mode, use the no mode {master | transit} command. Parameters master Enter the keyword master to set the Ring node to Master mode. transit Enter the keywordtransit to set the Ring node to Transit mode.
PAGE 626
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 627
show frrp Display the resilient ring protocol configuration. Syntax Parameters show frrp [ring-id [summary]] | [summary] ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255 summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view just a summarized version of the Ring configuration. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 628
command line confirmation before the command is executed.
PAGE 629
To remove the timer, use the no timer {hello-interval [milliseconds]}| {dead-interval milliseconds} command. Parameters hello-interval milliseconds Enter the keyword hello-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets. The milliseconds must be entered in increments of 50 millisecond; for example, 50, 100, 150, and so on. If an invalid value is entered, an error message is generated. The range is from 50 to 2000 ms. Default: 500 ms.
PAGE 630
GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) 19 The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic GVRP commands on the Dell Networking OS. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
PAGE 631
• VLANs created dynamically with GVRP exist only as long as a GVRP-enabled device is sending updates. If the devices no longer send updates, or GVRP is disabled, or the system is rebooted, all dynamic VLANs are removed. • GVRP manages the active topology, not non-topological data such as VLAN protocols. If a local bridge must classify and analyze packets by VLAN protocols, manually configure protocol-based VLANs, and simply rely on GVRP for VLAN updates.
PAGE 632
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series • show gvrp statistics — display the GVRP statistics. debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP.
PAGE 633
• For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 634
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series • gvrp enable — enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs.
PAGE 635
from 100 to 2147483647 milliseconds. The default is 1000 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 636
gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 637
Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed then the VLAN range in a commaseparated VLAN ID set. normal Enter the keyword normal then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. This setting is the default. forbidden Enter the keyword forbidden then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. Defaults normal Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 638
protocol gvrp Access GVRP protocol — (config-gvrp)#. Syntax protocol gvrp Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 639
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series • gvrp enable — enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs.
PAGE 640
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Dell# show garp timers GARP Timers Value (milliseconds) ---------------------------------------Join Timer 200 Leave Timer 600 LeaveAll Timer 10000 Dell# • garp timers — set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages.
PAGE 641
• Defaults Command Modes Command History For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. None • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 642
show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics. Syntax Parameters show gvrp statistics {interface interface | summary} interface interface summary Defaults Command Modes Command History 642 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then one of the interface keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 643
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Usage Information Invalid messages/attributes skipped can occur in the following cases: • The incoming GVRP PDU has an incorrect length. • "End of PDU" was reached before the complete attribute could be parsed. • The Attribute Type of the attribute that was being parsed was not the GVRP VID Attribute Type (0x01). • The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid attribute length.
PAGE 644
20 ICMP Message Types This section lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. ICMP Messages and their Definitions. Table 2. ICMP Messages and their Definitions Symbol Type Code . 0 U 3 4 3 Error echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable .
PAGE 645
Symbol & Type Code Description 1 redirect for host . 2 redirect for type-of-service and network . 3 redirect for type-of-service and host . 8 0 echo request . 9 0 router advertisement . 10 0 router solicitation . 11 Query Error time exceeded: 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit . 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly . 12 parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request . 14 0 timestamp reply .
PAGE 646
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) 21 The IGMP commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember • Dell Networking OS supports protocol-independent multicast-sparse (PIM-SM) and protocolindependent source-specific multicast (PIM-SSM) include and exclude modes. • IGMPv2 is the default version of IGMP on interfaces. You can configure IGMPv3 on interfaces.
PAGE 647
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 648
Parameters • To disable IGMP debugging, use the no debug ip igmp [vrf vrf-name] [group address | interface] command. • To disable all debugging, use the undebug all command. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable debugging of IGMP packets corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 649
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping. ip igmp access-group To specify access control for packets, use this feature.
PAGE 650
Usage Information The access list accepted is an extended ACL. To block IGMP reports from hosts, on a per-interface basis based on the group address and source address that you specify in the access list, use this feature. ip igmp immediate-leave Enable IGMP immediate leave. Syntax ip igmp immediate-leave [group-list prefix-list-name] To disable ip igmp immediate leave, use the no ip igmp immediateleave command.
PAGE 651
deletion. In addition, this command provides a way to enable immediate-leave processing for specified groups. ip igmp last-member-query-interval Change the last member query interval, which is the Max Response Time inserted into Group-Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages. This interval is also the interval between GroupSpecific Query messages. Syntax ip igmp last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp last-member-queryinterval command.
PAGE 652
Version Description E-Series legacy command ip igmp query-interval Change the transmission frequency of IGMP general queries the Querier sends. Syntax ip igmp query-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip igmp query-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds between queries sent out. The range is from 1 to 18000. The default is 60 seconds. Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 653
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information If you have configured the hello interval value to be greater than 18000, you must first reset that value to be less than or equal to 18000 before upload. Otherwise, the command execution fails during bootup and the hello interval value is set to the default value.
PAGE 654
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. E-Series legacy command. ip igmp ssm-map To translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships, use a statically configured list.
PAGE 655
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Mapping applies to both v1 and v2 IGMP joins; any updates to the ACL are reflected in the IGMP groups. You may not use extended access lists with this command.
PAGE 656
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip igmp groups View the IGMP groups.
PAGE 657
• detail Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 658
Example Example (VLT) Field Description Last Reporter Displays the IP address of the last host to be a member of the IGMP group. Dell# show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Uptime Expires 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.
PAGE 659
show ip igmp interface View information on the interfaces participating in IGMP. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip igmp [vrf vrf-name] interface [interface] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IGMP interfaces associated with that VRF.
PAGE 660
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. The show ip igmp interface command does not display information corresponding to the loop-back interfaces.
PAGE 661
IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP Dell# querier timeout is 83 seconds max query response time is 10 seconds last member query response interval is 1000 ms immediate-leave is disabled activity: 0 joins querying router is 50.30.124.1 version is 3 show ip igmp ssm-map Display is a list of groups that are currently in the IGMP group table and contain SSM mapped sources.
PAGE 662
Example Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show ip igmp ssm-map Interface Vlan 20 Group 232.1.1.5 Uptime 00:11:22 Expires Never Router mode INCLUDE Last reporter 35.0.0.2 Group source list Source address Expires 65.0.0.1 00:01:22 65.0.0.2 00:01:22 65.0.0.3 00:01:22 65.0.0.4 00:01:22 65.0.0.5 00:01:22 • ip igmp ssm-map — use a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships.
PAGE 663
• When enabled, IGMP snooping Querier does not start if there is a statically configured multicast router interface in the VLAN. • When enabled, IGMP snooping Querier starts after one query interval in case no IGMP general query (with IP SA lower than its VLAN IP address) is received on any of its VLAN members. • When enabled, IGMP snooping Querier periodically sends general queries with an IP source address of the VLAN interface.
PAGE 664
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on S-Series and Z–Series. Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. debug ip igmp snooping Enable debugging of IGMP snooping packets on interfaces and groups. Syntax Parameters debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] • To disable debugging of IGMP snooping, use the no debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] command.
PAGE 665
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, Z9000, and Z9500. Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping. ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN.
PAGE 666
Usage Information To enable IGMP snooping, enter this command. When you enable this command from CONFIGURATION mode, IGMP snooping enables on all VLAN interfaces (except the default VLAN). NOTE: Execute the no shutdown command on the VLAN interface for IGMP Snooping to function. ip igmp snooping fast-leave Enable IGMP snooping fast-leave for this VLAN. Syntax ip igmp snooping fast-leave To disable IGMP snooping fast leave, use the no igmp snooping fast-leave command. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 667
processing, the switch removes an interface from the multicast group as soon as it detects an IGMP version 2 leave message on the interface. ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval The last member query interval is the maximum response time inserted into Group-Specific queries sent in response to Group-Leave messages. Syntax ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp snooping last-memberquery-interval command.
PAGE 668
Usage Information This last-member-query-interval is also the interval between successive GroupSpecific Query messages. To change the last-member-query interval, use this command. ip igmp snooping mrouter Statically configure a VLAN member port as a multicast router interface. Syntax ip igmp snooping mrouter interface interface To delete a specific multicast router interface, use the no igmp snooping mrouter interface interface command.
PAGE 669
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information The Dell Networking OS provides the capability of statically configuring the interface to which a multicast router is attached.
PAGE 670
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically. This behavior is useful when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic is not routed. Assign an IP address to the VLAN interface for the switch to act as a querier for this VLAN.
PAGE 671
• detail Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 672
00:02:09 1.1.1.2 Member Ports: Te 1/17/1 Dell# show ip igmp snooping mrouter Display multicast router interfaces. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip igmp snooping mrouter [vlan number] vlan number • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword vlan then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 673
Vlan 2 Te 1/3/1, Po 1 Dell# Related Commands • ip igmp snooping mrouter — configure a static connection to the multicast router. • show ip igmp groups — view groups.
PAGE 674
22 Interfaces To configure egress, port channel, time domain, and UDP, use these interface commands. Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces. clear counters Clear the counters displayed in the show interfaces commands for all virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) groups, virtual local area networks (VLANs), and physical interfaces, or selected ones.
PAGE 675
• For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. The range is from 1 to 16383. vrrp [ipv6 {vr-id} | vr-id] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups. To clear the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces, enter ipv6. To clear the counters of a specified group, enter a VRID number from 1 to 255.
PAGE 676
Example Related Commands Version Description 6.5.1.0 Updated the definition of the learning-limit option for clarity. Dell# clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] Dell# • mac learning-limit — allow aging of MACs even though a learning-limit is configured or disallow station move on learned MACs. • show interfaces — display information on the interfaces. clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface.
PAGE 677
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 678
max-suppresstime Enter the maximum number for which a route can be suppressed. The default is four times the half-life value. The range is from 1 to 86400. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 679
Related Commands • clear dampening — clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. • show interfaces dampening — display interface dampening information. description Assign a descriptive text string to the interface. Syntax description desc_text To delete a description, use the no description command. Parameters desc_text Enter a text string up to 240 characters long. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 680
• Entering a text string after the description command overwrites any previous text string that you previously configured as the description. • The shutdown and description commands are the only commands that you can configure on an interface that is a member of a port-channel. • Use the show interfaces description command to display descriptions configured for each interface. duplex (10/100 Interfaces) Configure duplex mode on the Management Interface interfaces where the speed is set to 10/100.
PAGE 681
NOTE: Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0, when you use a copper SFP2 module with catalog number GP-SFP2-1T in the S25P model of the S-Series, you can manually set its speed with the speed command. When you set the speed to 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps, you can also execute the duplex command. Related Commands • negotiation auto — enable or disables auto-negotiation on an interface. fec default Set the FEC to default value.
PAGE 682
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This command is not applicable for 10–Gigabit and 40–Gigabit Ethernet interfaces.
PAGE 683
tx off Enter the keywords tx off so that flow control frames are not sent from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received. pause-threshold Enter the buffer threshold limit for generating PAUSE frames. resume-offset Enter the offset value for generating PAUSE frames to resume traffic. Defaults Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 684
Important Points to Remember • Do not enable tx pause when buffer carving is enabled. For information and assistance, consult Dell Networking TAC. • The only configuration applicable to half duplex ports is rx off tx off. The following error is returned: Can’t configure flowcontrol when half duplex is configure, config ignored • Half duplex cannot be configured when the flow control configuration is on (default is rx on tx on).
PAGE 685
on Related Commands on off off on on off on off on LocNegRx off off off off LocNegTx RemNegRx RemNegTx off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off on off off off on off off off off off off on on on off off on on off off on on off on on on off off on on off off on on off off on on off off on on • show running-config — display the flow configuration parameters (non-default values only). • show interfaces — display the negotiated flow control parameters.
PAGE 686
• For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 687
You can create up to 64 tunnel interfaces. The tunnel is added as a logical interface with no default configuration. To delete a tunnel interface, use the no interface tunnel tunnel-id command. The tunnel interface operates as an ECMP (equal cost multi path) only when the next hop to the tunnel destination is over a physical interface. If you select any other interface as the next hop to the tunnel destination, the tunnel interface does not operate as an ECMP.
PAGE 688
single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: VLAN IDs (comma-separated): 3, 4, 6. Range (hyphen-separated): 5-10. Slot/Port information need not contain a space before and after the dash. For example, both of the following commands are valid: ; ; interface group tengigabitethernet 1/1/1 - 1/1/5 ; . • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 689
Related Commands • interface range — configure a range of interfaces. • interface vlan — configures a VLAN. interface loopback Configure a Loopback interface. Syntax interface loopback number To remove a loopback interface, use the no interface loopback number command. Parameters number Enter a number as the interface number. The range is from 0 to 16383. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 690
• interface port-channel — configure a port channel. • interface vlan — configure a VLAN. interface managementEthernet Configure the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM). Syntax Parameters interface managementEthernet slot/port slot/port Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 691
• speed (Management interface) — Set the speed for the Management interface. interface null Configure a Null interface on the switch. Syntax Parameters interface null number number Enter zero (0) as the Null interface number. Defaults Not configured; number = 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 692
• ip unreachables — enable generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. interface range This command permits configuration of a range of interfaces to which subsequent commands are applied (bulk configuration). Using the interface range command, you can enter identical commands for a range of interface.
PAGE 693
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S4038-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.
PAGE 694
Example (Multiple Ports) Dell(conf)# interface range tengigabitethernet 1/1/1 - 1/12/3, tengigabitethernet 1/3/2 - 1/9/4 Dell(conf-if-range-te-1/1/1-1/12/3)# Example Dell(conf)# interface range tengigabitethernet 1/1/1 - 1/10/1, (Overlapping Ports) tengigabitethernet 1/1/1 - 1/20/3 Dell(conf-if-range-te-1/1/1-1/20/3)# Usage Information Only VLAN and port-channel interfaces created using the interface vlan and interface port-channel commands can be used in the interface range command.
PAGE 695
• interface range macro (define) — define a macro for an interface-range. interface range macro (define) Defines a macro for an interface range and then saves the macro in the running configuration. Syntax Parameters define interface range macro name interface , interface , ... name Enter up to 16 characters for the macro name. interface, interface,... Enter the keywords interface range and one of the interfaces — slot/port[/subport], port-channel, or VLAN number.
PAGE 696
Example (Single Range) Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 697
Parameters name Enter the name of an existing macro. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example (Single Range) Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.
PAGE 698
of-instance{of-id} Enter the keyword of-instance then the OpenFlow instance ID to add the VLAN to the specified OpenFlow instance. The range is from 1 to 8. NOTE: Associate the OpenFlow instance with the VLAN when the VLAN is created. An existing VLAN cannot be associated with an OpenFlow instance. Defaults Not configured, except for the Default VLAN, which is configured as VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 699
• interface loopback — configure a loopback interface. • interface null — configure a null interface. • interface port-channel — configure a port channel group. • show vlan — display the current VLAN configuration on the switch. • shutdown — disable/enable the VLAN. • tagged — add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface. • untagged — add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface. intf-type cr4 autoneg Set the interface type as CR4 with auto-negotiation enabled.
PAGE 700
• interface port-channel — configure a port channel group. keepalive Send keepalive packets periodically to keep an interface alive when it is not transmitting data. Syntax keepalive To stop sending keepalive packets, use the no keepalive command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 701
Parameters Command Modes Command History Interfaces interface • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword managementEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel and then a number. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the slot/port. The range is from 1 to 16383.
PAGE 702
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information In the Example, the delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh. The following are the monitor command menu options. Example (Single Interface) Key Description systest-3 Displays the host name assigned to the system. monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered.
PAGE 703
Over 511B packets: Over 1023B packets: Error statistics: Input underruns: Input giants: Input throttles: Input CRC: Input IP checksum: Input overrun: Output underruns: Output throttles: m l T q Example (All Interfaces) - 286 2781 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Change mode Page up Increase refresh interval Quit 0 pps 0 pps 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 pps pps pps pps pps pps pps pps c - Clear screen a - Page down t - Decrease refresh interval systest-3 Monitor time: 00:01:31 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 704
Parameters value Enter a maximum frame size in bytes. The range is from 594 to 9416. The default is 1554. Defaults 1554 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 705
• Members can have different Link MTU values. Tagged members must have a link MTU 4 bytes higher than untagged members to account for the packet tag. • The VLAN link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the VLAN members. For example, the VLAN contains tagged members with Link MTU of 1522 and IP MTU of 1500 and untagged members with Link MTU of 1518 and IP MTU of 1500.
PAGE 706
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. You can use the negotiation auto command on the 10G ports on the device. The no negotiation auto command is only available if you first manually set the speed of a port to 10Mbits or 100Mbits.
PAGE 707
Example (Configured) Dell# show interfaces configured TenGigabitEthernet 1/3/4 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:05:f7:fc Current address is 00:01:e8:05:f7:fc Interface index is 474791997 Internet address is 1.1.1.1/24 MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex, Master ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interfaces" counters 00:12:42 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: ...
PAGE 708
To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command. Defaults non-hybrid Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 709
Example Dell(conf)# interface tengigabitethernet 1/1/1 Dell(conf-if-te-1/1/1)# portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-te-1/1/1)# interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vl-10)# untagged tengigabitethernet 1/1/1 Dell(conf-if-vl-10)# interface vlan 20 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# tagged tengigabitethernet 1/1/1 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# Example Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# do show interfaces switchport Name: TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/1 802.
PAGE 710
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The output of the show interfaces command displays the configured rate interval, along with the collected traffic data.
PAGE 711
Example Version Description pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-hu-1/4)# show config ! interface HundredGigE 1/4 no ip address mtu 9416 switchport no shutdown Dell(conf-if-hu-1/4)# show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) Display the bulk configured interfaces (interface range). Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (conf-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 712
! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/2 no ip address switchport no shutdown Dell(conf-if-range-te-1/1/1-1/1/2)# show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History 712 show interfaces interface-type interface • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 713
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.2) Added support for the tunnel interface type. 9.1(0.0) Updated Management Ethernet output to include two global IPv6 addresses on S4810 and Z9000 and added output example showing OpenFlow instance ID. 8.3.12.1 Updated command output to support multiple IPv6 addresses on S4810. 8.3.
PAGE 714
User Information The following table describes the show interfaces command shown in the 10G example. Line Description TenGigabitEthern et 1/1... Interface type and administrative and line protocol status. Hardware is... Interface hardware information, assigned MAC address, and current address. Pluggable media present... Present pluggable media wavelength, type, and rate.
PAGE 715
Line Description • Packet size and the number of those packets inbound to the interface • Number of Multicast and Broadcast packets: – Multicasts = number of MAC multicast packets – Broadcasts = number of MAC broadcast packets • Number of runts, giants, and throttles packets: – runts = number of packets that are less than 64B – giants = packets that are greater than the MTU size – throttles = packets containing PAUSE frames • Number of CRC, overrun, and discarded packets: – CRC = packets with CRC/FC
PAGE 716
Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:8b:3d:e7 Current address is 00:01:e8:8b:3d:e7 Pluggable media present, Media type is unknown Wavelength unknown Interface index is 100992002 Internet address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto Flowcontrol rx on tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 3d17h53m Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-by
PAGE 717
Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 Vlans, 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec,0.
PAGE 718
Virtual-IP IPv6 address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:06:14 Queueing strategy: fifo Input 791 packets, 62913 bytes, 775 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 21 packets, 3300 bytes, 20 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Example (OpenFlow instance) Dell# show interfaces vlan 6 Vlan 6 is down, line protoc
PAGE 719
• show ip interface – display Layer 3 information about the interfaces. • show range – display all interfaces configured using the interface range command. show interfaces configured Display any interface with a non-default configuration. Syntax Command Modes Command History Example Interfaces show interfaces configured • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 720
0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 10 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 1 packets, 64 bytes, 0 underruns 1 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 1 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 Vlans, 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Inp
PAGE 721
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 722
Parameters Command Modes Command History Example 722 unit-number • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the stack member number. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 723
Time since last interface status change: 3w0d17h GigabitEthernet 1/1/2 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:4c:f2:83 Current address is 00:01:e8:4c:f2:83 !-------------output truncated ----------------! Related Commands • show hardware stack-unit — display data plane and management plane input/ output statistics. • show interfaces — display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
PAGE 724
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 725
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series.
PAGE 726
Example Dell#show system stack-unit 1 fanout configured Configured fan out ports in stack-unit 1 Port Mode Speed 1 Dual 50G 2 Quad 10G 3 Quad 10G 4 Single 40G 5 Quad 25G 8 Single 40G 10 Single 40G 11 Single 40G 12 Single 40G 13 Quad 25G 16 Single 40G 17 Single 40G 18 Dual 50G 19 Quad 10G 20 Quad 10G 27 Single 40G 28 Dual 50G 29 Single 40G 32 Dual 50G show interfaces switchport Display only virtual and physical interfaces in Layer 2 mode. This command displays the Layer 2 mode interfaces’ IEEE 802.
PAGE 727
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 728
Vlan membership: Vlan 2, Vlan 20 Native VlanId: 20 Name: TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: TenGigabitEthernet 1/4/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 --More-Related Commands • interface — configure a physical interface on the switch. • show ip interface — display Layer 3 information about the interfaces.
PAGE 729
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 730
Line Description RX Power High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Voltage Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Bias Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
PAGE 731
Line Description alarm/warning flag is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, the TX bias low alarm/warning flag is set to true. Interfaces Tx Power Present Tx power of the SFP. If this crosses Tx power alarm/ warning thresholds, the Tx power high alarm/warning flag is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, the Tx power low alarm/ warning flag is set to true. Rx Power Present receiving (Rx) power of the SFP.
PAGE 732
Example Line Description Tx Bias Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Tx bias current value displayed above. Tx Power Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above. Temperature High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above.
PAGE 733
SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Serial Extended ID fields Options = 0x00 0x12 BR max= 0 BR min= 0 Vendor SN= P5N1ACE Datecode = 040528 CheckCodeExt = 0x5b SFP 1 Diagnostic Information =================================== SFP 1 Rx Power measurement type = Average =================================== SFP 1 Temp High Alarm threshold = 95.000C SFP 1 Voltage High Alarm threshold = 3.900V SFP 1 Bias High Alarm threshold = 17.000mA SFP 1 TX Power High Alarm threshold = 0.
PAGE 734
• show ip interface — display Layer 3 information about the interfaces. • show interfaces — display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. • show inventory (S-Series and Z-Series) — display the switch type, components (including media), Dell Networking OS version including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols. show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command.
PAGE 735
shutdown Disable an interface. Syntax shutdown To activate an interface, use the no shutdown command. Defaults The interface is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 736
Related Commands • interface port-channel — create a port channel interface. • interface vlan — create a VLAN. • show ip interface — display the interface routing status. Add the keyword brief to display a table of interfaces and their status. speed (Management interface) Set the speed for the Management interface. Syntax speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed command. Parameters 10 Enter the keyword 10 to set the interface’s speed to 10 Mb/s.
PAGE 737
Version Description pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is found on the Management interface only. Related Commands • interface ManagementEthernet — configure the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM). • management route — configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. stack-unit portmode Convert a single 100G port into two 50G ports, one 40G port, four 25G ports, or four 10G ports..
PAGE 738
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information You can split a 100G port into two 50G, one 40G, four 10G, or four 25G ports. You can use the stack-unit portmode command to dynamically fan-out 100G ports into two 50G, one 40G, four 10G, or four 25G ports and vice-versa without reloading a switch. The port must be in a default configuration before it can be split.
PAGE 739
remove the backup configuration. To remove a switchport backup interface, enter the no switchport backup interface command. Parameters backup (OPTIONAL) Use this option to configure a redundant Layer 2 link without using Spanning Tree. The keyword backup configures a backup port so that if the primary port fails, the backup port changes to the up state. If the primary later comes up, it becomes the backup.
PAGE 740
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.4.1.0 Added support for port-channel interfaces (the portchannel number option). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 741
As each port can be assigned to only one Port Channel, and each Port Channel must have at least one port, some of those nominally available Port Channels might have no function because they could have no members if there are not enough ports installed. NOTE: The Dell Networking OS implementation of LAG or Port Channel requires that you configure a LAG on both switches manually.
PAGE 742
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Use the interface port-channel command to access this command.
PAGE 743
group Group two LAGs in a supergroup (“fate-sharing group” or “failover group”). Syntax group group_number port-channel number port-channel number To remove an existing LAG supergroup, use the no group group_number command. Parameters group_number Enter an integer from 1 to 32 that uniquely identifies this LAG fate-sharing group. port-channel number Enter the keywords port-channel then an existing LAG number. Enter this keyword/variable combination twice, identifying the two paired LAGs.
PAGE 744
interface port-channel Create a Port Channel interface, which is a link aggregation group (LAG) containing 16 physical interfaces on the S-Series. Syntax interface port-channel channel-number To delete a Port Channel, use the no interface port-channel channelnumber command. Parameters channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 745
description, and name commands configured. The Port Channel’s configuration is applied to the interfaces within the Port Channel. A Port Channel can contain any physical interface. Based on the first interface configured in the Port Channel and enabled, Dell Networking OS determines the common speed. For more information, refer to channel-member. If the line card is in a Jumbo mode chassis, you can also configure the mtu and ip mtu commands.
PAGE 746
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 747
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This feature groups two LAGs to work in tandem as a supergroup. For example, if one LAG goes down, the other LAG is taken down automatically, providing an alternate path to reroute traffic, avoiding oversubscription on the other LAG.
PAGE 748
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Modified to display the LAG failover group status. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 749
Example Field Description packets input... Displays the number of packets and bytes into the interface. Input 0 IP packets... Displays the number of packets with IP headers, VLAN tagged headers, and MPLS headers. The number of packets may not add correctly because a VLAN tagged IP packet counts as both a VLAN packet and an IP packet. 0 64-byte... Displays the size of packets and the number of those packets entering that interface. This information is displayed over two lines. Received 0...
PAGE 750
User Information The following describes the show interfaces port-channel brief command shown in the following example. Field Description LAG Lists the port channel number. Mode Lists the mode: Status Example • L3 — for Layer 3 • L2 — for Layer 2 Displays the status of the port channel. • down — if the port channel is disabled (shutdown) • up — if the port channel is enabled (no shutdown) Uptime Displays the age of the port channel in hours:minutes:seconds.
PAGE 751
• incominginterface interface For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. Enter the keywords incoming-interface then the interface type and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 752
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Because this command calculates based on a Layer 2 hash algorithm, use this command to display flows for switched Layer 2 packets, not for routed packets (use the show ip flow command to display routed packets).
PAGE 753
such as interface range hu 1/1,fo 1/2/1, this configuration is considered valid. The commaseparated list is not required to be separated by spaces in between the ranges. You can associate multicast MAC or hardware addresses to an interface range and VLANs by using the mac-addresstable static multicast-mac-address vlan vlan-id output-range interface command. ip http source-interface Specify an interface as the source interface for HTTP connections.
PAGE 754
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs to 4094 (was 2094) 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series 7.5.1.
PAGE 755
23 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking OS on the platform. arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). Syntax arp [vrf vrf-name] ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters IPv4 Routing vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF. Use the VRF option after the keyword arp to configure a static arp on that particular VRF.
PAGE 756
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.
PAGE 757
arp backoff-time Set the exponential timer for resending unresolved ARPs. Syntax Parameters arp backoff-time seconds seconds Enter the number of seconds an ARP entry is black-holed. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 30. Defaults 30 Command Mode CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 758
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 759
max-number Enter the maximum number of ARP entries that a VRF RTM can hold. The range is from 0 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 760
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Retries are 20 seconds apart. Related Commands • show arp retries — display the configured number of ARP retries. arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache.
PAGE 761
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • show interfaces — display the ARP timeout value for all available interfaces. clear arp-cache Clear the dynamic ARP entries from a specific interface or optionally delete (no-refresh) ARP entries from the content addressable memory (CAM).
PAGE 762
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ip ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip then the IP address of the ARP entry you wish to clear. no-refresh (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords no-refresh to delete the ARP entry from CAM. Or use this option with interface or ip ip-address to specify which dynamic ARP entries you want to delete. NOTE: Transit traffic may not be forwarded during the period when deleted ARP entries are resolved again and re-installed in CAM.
PAGE 763
clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. Syntax Parameters clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 764
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 765
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 766
cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the cp to clear only statistics from the Control Processor. rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp to clear only the statistics from Route Processor. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
PAGE 767
count value • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 768
Version Description 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. debug ip dhcp Enable debug information for dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay transactions and display the information on the console. Syntax debug ip dhcp To disable debug, use the no debug ip dhcp command. Defaults Debug disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 769
Example Related Commands Dell# debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:26 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 5, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.
PAGE 770
Parameters interface count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 771
Example Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo echo request sent to dst 40.40.40.40 echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.
PAGE 772
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 773
Field Description broad/multicast proto, unroutable Example TCP src= Displays the source and destination ports, the sequence number, the acknowledgement number, and the window size of the packets in that TCP packets. UDP src= Displays the source and destination ports for the UDP packets. ICMP type= Displays the ICMP type and code.
PAGE 774
The access-group option pertains to: • IP protocol number: from 0 to 255 • Internet control message protocol (icmp) but not the ICMP message type (from 0 to 255) • Any internet protocol (ip) • Transmission Control Protocol (tcp) but not on the rst, syn, or urg bits • User Datagram Protocol (udp) In the case of ambiguous access control list rules, the debug ip packet access-control command is disabled. A message appears identifying the error (refer to the Example below).
PAGE 775
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 776
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names.
PAGE 777
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To configure a list of possible domain names, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times.
PAGE 778
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 779
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 780
ip helper-address Specify the address of a DHCP server so that DHCP broadcast messages can be forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client. Syntax ip helper-address ip-address To remove a DHCP server address, use the no ip helper-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 781
Dell Networking OS uses standard DHCP ports, that is UDP ports 67 (server) and 68 (client) for DHCP relay services. It listens on port 67 and if it receives a broadcast, the software converts it to unicast, and forwards to it to the DHCP-server with source port=68 and destination port=67. The server replies with source port=67, destination port=67 and Dell Networking OS forwards to the client with source port=67, destination port=68.
PAGE 782
Usage Information This command disables the incrementing of the hops field when boot requests are relayed to a DHCP server through Dell Networking OS. If the incoming boot request already has a non-zero hops field, the message is relayed with the same value for hops. However, the message is discarded if the hops field exceeds 16, to comply with the relay agent behavior specified in RFC 1542. Related Commands • ip helper-address — specify the destination broadcast or host address for DHCP server requests.
PAGE 783
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. ip icmp source-interface Enable the ICMP error and unreachable messages to be sent with the source interface IP address, such as the loopback address, instead of the hops of the preceding devices along the network path to be used for easy debugging and diagnosis of network disconnections and reachability problems with IPv4 packets.
PAGE 784
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.
PAGE 785
ipv6 icmp source-interface Enable the ICMP error and unreachable messages to be sent with the source interface IP address, such as the loopback address, instead of the hops of the preceding devices along the network path to be used for easy debugging and diagnosis of network disconnections and reachability problems with IPv6 packets.
PAGE 786
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 787
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 788
Defaults No name servers are configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 789
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 790
Use this VRF option after the ip route keyword to configure a static route on that particular VRF. destination Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the destination device. mask Enter the mask in the slash prefix format (/x) of the destination IP address. ip-address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 791
permanent (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permanent to specify that the route must not be removed even if the interface assigned to that route goes down. The route must be currently active to be installed in the routing table. If you disable the interface, the route is removed from the routing table. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number to assign to the route. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF.
PAGE 792
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Using the following example of a static route: ip route 33.33.33.0 /24 tengigabitethernet 1/1 172.31.5.43 • The software installs a next hop that is not on the directly connected subnet but which recursively resolves to a next hop on the interface’s configured subnet.
PAGE 793
ip source-route Enable Dell Networking OS to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. Syntax ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, use the no ip route-source command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 794
Parameters Command Modes Command History <8-75> Wait duration in seconds for the TCP connection to be established. CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 795
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S–Series. Usage Information Use this command to add the IPv4 catch-all route (0.0.0.0/0) in the LPM route forwarding table if it was deleted using the no ip unknown-unicast command previously. This will be the default configuration after reload.
PAGE 796
show ip tcp initial-time Displays the interval that you configured for the device to wait before the TCP connection is attempted to be established. Syntax show ip tcp initial-time Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL platforms. ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages.
PAGE 797
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. load-balance By default, for C-Series and S-Series, Dell Networking OS uses an IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, and Destination Port) to distribute IP traffic over members of a Port Channel as well as equal-cost paths.
PAGE 798
returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. • tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute traffic based on the following: • ingress-port enable source-mac — Uses the source MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. enable — Takes the TCP/UDP source and destination ports into consideration when doing hash computations.
PAGE 799
• IP destination address • TCP/UDP source port • TCP/UDP destination port load-balance hg Choose the traffic flow parameters the hash calculation uses while distributing the traffic across internal higig links.
PAGE 800
ethertype | source-destmac ] tunnel [ipv4-overipv4 | ipv4-overgre-ipv4 | macin-mac]} • dest-mac — Use dest-mac field in hash calculation. • dest-port-id — Use dest-port-id field in hash calculation. • dest-module-id — Use dest-module-id field in hash calculation. • vlan — Use vlan field in hash calculation . • ethertype — Use Ethertype field in hash calculation. • source-dest-mac — Use SMAC and DMAC fields in hash calculation.
PAGE 801
management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. Syntax management route {ip-address mask | ipv6-address 1.1.1.1prefixlength} {forwarding-router-address | managementethernet | fortyGigE | vlan | tengigabitethernet} To remove a static route, use the no management route command. Parameters ip-address mask Enter an IP address (dotted decimal format) and mask (/ prefix format) of the destination subnet.
PAGE 802
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 and added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When a static route (or a protocol route) overlaps with Management static route, the static route (or a protocol route) is preferred over the Management Static route.
PAGE 803
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 804
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF and added usage information for the clear arp-cache command. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 805
Description CPU Example Lists which CPU the entries are stored on. Dell> show arp Protocol Address Age(min) Hardware Address Interface VLAN CPU ------------------------------------------------------------Internet 192.2.1.254 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 1/1/1/1 CP Internet 192.2.1.253 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 1/1/1/2 CP Internet 192.2.1.252 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 1/1/1/3 CP Internet 192.2.1.251 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 1/1/1/4 CP Internet 192.2.1.250 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 1/1/2/1 CP Internet 192.2.1.
PAGE 806
83 Dell# Related Commands 0 83 CP • ip local-proxy-arp — enable/disable Layer 3 communication in secondary VLANs. • switchport mode private-vlan — set PVLAN mode of the selected port. show arp retries Display the configured number of ARP retries. Syntax Command Modes Command History Related Commands 806 show arp retries • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 807
show hosts View the host table and DNS configuration. Syntax Command Modes Command History show hosts • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 808
Field Description Host Displays the host name assigned to the IP address. Flags Classifies the entry as one of the following: • perm — the entry was manually configured and will not time out • temp — the entry was learned and will time out after 72 hours of inactivity. Also included in the flag is an indication of the validity of the route: Example Related Commands • ok — the entry is valid. • ex — the entry expired. • ?? — the entry is suspect.
PAGE 809
Parameters stack-unitnumber Enter the stack-unit ID. The unit ID range is from 1 to 6. port-set pipenumber Enter the keyword port-set then the number of the stack unit’s portpipe. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display CAM entries corresponding to that VRF. network mask [longer-prefixes [ecmp-group detail]] (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address and mask of a route to CAM entries for that route only. You can enter one of the following keywords to filter results.
PAGE 810
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for up to seven stack members. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip cam command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Destination Displays the destination route of the index. EC Displays 1 if the route is an ECMP route. Else, displays 0. C This is the CPU bit.
PAGE 811
1000 Dell# show ip fib stack-unit View all Forwarding Information Base (FIB) entries of a specific stack-unit. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History IPv4 Routing show ip fib stack-unit stack-unit-number vrf vrf-name [ipaddress [mask] [longer-prefixes] | summary] stack-unitnumber Enter the stack unit ID. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view FIB entries corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 812
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for up to seven stack members. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip fib stack-unit command shown in the following example. Field Description Destination Lists the destination IP address. Gateway Displays either the word “direct” and an interface for a directly connected route or the remote IP address used to forward the traffic.
PAGE 813
• ip ecmp weighted— enable weighted ECMP calculations. show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. Syntax Parameters show ip flow interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} {protocol number [tcp | udp]} {src-port number destination-port number} interface interface Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords.
PAGE 814
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.
PAGE 815
show ip interface View IP-related information on all interfaces. Syntax Parameters show ip interface [interface | brief] [configured] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: Command Modes IPv4 Routing • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 816
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 817
Example Lines Description ICMP unreachables... States if ICMP unreachable messages are sent. Dell# show ip int te 1/1/1 TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/1 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is not set IP MTU is 1500 bytes Inbound access list is not set Proxy ARP is enabled Split Horizon is enabled Poison Reverse is disabled ICMP redirects are not sent ICMP unreachables are not sent Dell# Usage Information The following describes the show ip interface brief command shown in the following example.
PAGE 818
show ip management-route View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ip management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
PAGE 819
----------10.1.2.0/24 172.16.1.0/24 Dell# ------ManagementEthernet 1/1 10.1.2.4 ----Connected Active show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch.
PAGE 820
Example Dell# show ipv6 management-route IPv6 Destination Gateway ---------------------2001:34::0/64 ManagementEthernet 1/1 2001:68::0/64 2001:34::16 Dell# State ----Connected Active show ip protocols View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch. Syntax Command Modes Command History Example 820 show ip protocols • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 821
Cluster Id is set to 20.20.20.3 Router Id is set to 20.20.20.3 Fast-external-fallover enabled Regular expression evaluation optimization enabled Capable of ROUTE_REFRESH For Address Family IPv4 Unicast BGP table version is 0, main routing table version 0 Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200 Neighbor(s): Address : 20.20.20.
PAGE 822
Command Modes Command History process-id (OPTIONAL) Specify that only OSPF routes with a certain process ID must be displayed. routing-tag (OPTIONAL) Specify that only ISIS routes with a certain routing tag must be displayed. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only the directly connected routes. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view both active and non-active routes. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view only routes the ip route command configures.
PAGE 823
Field Description (undefined) Identifies the type of route: • C = connected • S = static • R = RIP • B = BGP • IN = internal BGP • EX = external BGP • LO = Locally Originated • O = OSPF • IA = OSPF inter area • N1 = OSPF NSSA external type 1 • N2 = OSPF NSSA external type 2 • E1 = OSPF external type 1 • E2 = OSPF external type 2 • i = IS-IS • L1 = IS-IS level-1 • L2 = IS-IS level-2 • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active route • + = summary
PAGE 824
Gateway of last resort is not set Destination Gateway Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ------- ----------- ----------R 3.0.0.0/8 via 100.10.10.10, Te 1/8/1 120/1 00:07:12 via 101.10.10.10, Te 1/8/2 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, Te 2/8/2 0/0 00:08:54 > R 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, Te 2/8/4 120/0 00:08:54 C 101.10.10.0/24 Direct, Te 2/9/1 0/0 00:09:15 > R 101.10.10.
PAGE 825
----------- ----------S 1.1.1.0/24 100 C 4.4.4.0/24 1/4/1 00:01:32 C 6.6.6.0/24 1/16/1 00:01:25 4.4.4.2, via Te 1/4/1 , weight 1/0 00:00:01 6.6.6.2, via Te 1/16/1, Direct, Te Direct, Te weight 200 0/0 0/0 Dell# show ip route 1.1.1.0/24 Routing entry for 1.1.1.0/24 Known via "static", distance 1, metric 0 Last update 00:05:01 ago Routing Descriptor Blocks: * 4.4.4.2, via TenGigabitEthernet 1/4/1 weight 100 * 6.6.6.
PAGE 826
show ip route list Display IP routes in an IP prefix list. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ip route [vrf vrf-name] list prefix-list prefix-list Enter the name of a configured prefix list. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IP routes in an IP prefix list corresponding to that VRF. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 827
N2- OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2- OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2- IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default, >- non-active route, + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set R R R R C Related Commands Destination ----------2.1.0.0/24 2.1.1.0/24 2.1.2.0/24 2.1.3.0/24 2.1.4.0/24 Gateway Dist/Metric Last Change ----------------- ----------via 2.1.4.1, Te 1/13/1 120/2 3d0h via 2.1.4.1, Te 1/13/2 120/2 3d1h via 2.1.4.
PAGE 828
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip route summary shown in the following example.
PAGE 829
Related Commands • show ip route — display information about the routes found in the switch. show ip traffic View IP, ICMP, UDP, TCP and ARP traffic statistics. Syntax show ip traffic [all | cp | rp1 | rp2] NOTE: These options are supported only on the E-Series. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view statistics from all processors. If you do not enter a keyword, you also view all statistics from all processors.
PAGE 830
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 F10 Monitoring MIB available for the ip traffic statistics command. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip traffic summary shown in the following example. Keyword Definition unknown protocol... No receiver for these packets. Counts packets whose protocol type field is not recognized by Dell Networking OS. not a gateway...
PAGE 831
The Dell Monitoring MIB provides access to the following statistics. Example • IP Statistics: Bcast: Received: Object = f10BcastPktRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.1 • IP Statistics: Bcast: Sent: Object = f10BcastPktSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.2 • IP Statistics: Mcast: Received: Object = f10McastPktRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.3 • IP Statistics: Mcast: Sent: Object = f10McastPktSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.
PAGE 832
show tcp statistics View information on TCP traffic through the switch. Syntax Parameters show tcp statistics {all | cp} all Enter the keyword all to view all TCP information. cp Enter the keyword cp to view only TCP information from the Control Processor. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 833
Field Description • IPv4 Routing too short 329 packets... Displays the number of packets and bytes received in sequence. 17 dup... Displays the number of duplicate packets and bytes received. 0 partially... Displays the number of partially duplicated packets and bytes received. 7 out-of-order... Displays the number of packets and bytes received out of order. 0 packets with data after window Displays the number of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch’s window size.
PAGE 834
Example Field Description 0 Keepalive.... Lists the number of keepalive packets in timeout, the number keepalive probes and the number of TCP connections dropped during keepalive.
PAGE 835
24 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking OS version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, see the IPv6 Addressing section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Enable LPM partitioning to support IPv6 /65 to /128 route prefixes to be stored in Partition 1.
PAGE 836
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 route [vrf vrf-name] {* | ipv6-address prefixlength} vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear the IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF. * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 837
maximum dynamic-routes-ipv6 Specify the maximum number of dynamic (protocol) IPv6 routes a VRF can have. Syntax maximum dynamic-routes—ipv6 limit {warn-threshold threshold-value | warning-only} To remove the limit on the maximum number of IPv6 routes used, use the no maximum dynamic-routes-ipv6 command. Parameters limit Maximum number of IPv6 routes allowed in a VRF. Valid range is from 1 to 8000 (or maximum allowable for that platform if smaller value).
PAGE 838
allowed for the system. This command is not applicable to the default and management VRFs. show cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Display the current settings and next-boot settings for cam-ipv6 extended-prefix configuration. Display the cam-ipv6 extended-prefix configuration. Syntax show cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Defaults None Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 839
Defaults Enabled by default. By default, all the IPv6/128 route prefixes are installed only in L3 host table. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information You can use this command to enable programming of /128 route prefixes in L3 host table or in LPM table.
PAGE 840
specify a lifetime using the lifetime or infinite parameter. infinite Enter the keyword infinite to specify that the RDNSS lifetime does not expire. Defaults Not Configured Command Modes INTERFACE CONFIG Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 841
interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 842
weight weightvalue Enter the keyword weight followed by a weight value. The range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: Weight for a static route can be added only for the destination address and not for the route pointing to destination a interface. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
PAGE 843
You can specify the weight value only to destination address and not on the egress port. A route is considered for weighted ECMP calculations only if each paths corresponding to that route is configured with a weight.
PAGE 844
Defaults Command Modes Command History ospf (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 OSPF routes. rip (OPTIONAL for E-Series only) View information for all IPv6 RIP routes. static (OPTIONAL) View only routes configured by the ipv6 route command. summary (OPTIONAL) View a brief list of the configured IPv6 routes. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 845
Field Example (S-Series) Description • LO = Locally Originated • O = OSPF • IA = OSPF inter-area • N1 = OSPF NSSA external type 1 • N2 = OSPF NSSA external type 2 • E1 = OSPF external type 1 • E2 = OSPF external type 2 • i = IS-IS • L1 = IS-IS level-1 • L2 = IS-IS level-2 • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active route • + = summary routes Destination Identifies the route’s destination IPv6 address.
PAGE 846
Dell# show ipv6 route summary Route Source Active Routes connected 3 static 1 Total 4 Total 4 active route(s) using 928 bytes Dell# 846 Non-active Routes 0 0 0 IPv6 Basics
PAGE 847
IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) 25 IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, see Access Control Lists (ACL). Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, see cam-acl. • Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. • Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 848
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example Related Commands • cam-acl — configure CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs. show cam-acl Show space allocated for IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 849
Version Description 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example Example (Manual Profiles) Dell# show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 3 -- Line card 4 -Current L2Acl : Ipv4Acl : Ipv6Acl : Ipv4Qos : L2Qos : Settings(in block sizes) 2 2 4 2 3 Dell# Related Commands • cam-acl — configure CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 850
in | out Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example 850 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. • For a 25-Gigabit interface, enter the keyword twentyfiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 851
! Dell# permit icmp To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. Syntax To remove this filter, you have two choices: • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command. Parameters Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 852
permit To configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP. Syntax permit {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no permit {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} command ip-protocolnumber Enter an IPv6 protocol number. The range is from 0 to 255.
PAGE 853
ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv6 CPU traffic. Syntax ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 854
deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. ospfv3 Specify that this ACL is for OSPFv3 control plane traffic Defaults All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 855
cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs. Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1-4 ipv6acl 0-4} default l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl 0-4 Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 • L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 4.
PAGE 856
Example Dell# configure Dell(conf)# cam-acl-egress ? default Reset Egress CAM ACL entries to default l2acl Set L2-ACL entries Dell(conf)# cam-acl-egress l2acl ? <1-4> Number of FP blocks for l2acl Dell(conf)# cam-acl-egress l2acl 1 ? ipv4acl Set IPV4-ACL entries Dell(conf)# cam-acl-egress l2acl 1 ipv4acl 1 ? ipv6acl Set IPV6-ACL entries Dell(conf)# cam-acl-egress l2acl 1 ipv4acl 1 ipv6acl <0-4> Number of FP blocks for IPV6 (multiples Dell(conf)# cam-acl-egress l2acl 1 ipv4acl 1 ipv6acl Dell(conf)# setting
PAGE 857
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information For the new settings to take effect, save the new CAM settings to the startupconfig (write-mem or copy run start), then reload the system.
PAGE 858
Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) 26 IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing through both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered as an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains called areas. Intermediate systems send, receive, and forward packets to other routers within their area (Level 1 and Level 1-2 devices).
PAGE 859
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default.
PAGE 860
• Command History CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 861
password is processed as plain text, which only provides limited security. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 862
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 863
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 864
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To configure a shortcut name that you can use instead of entering a long string of numbers associated with an NSAP address, use this command. Related Commands • hostname dynamic — enable dynamic learning of host names from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the host names in LSPs. debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations.
PAGE 865
debug isis adj-packets Enable debugging on adjacency-related activity such as hello packets that are sent and received on IS-IS adjacencies. Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] adj-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name]adj-packets [interface] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the debug information on IS-IS for an adjacency tied to that VRF. This command displays the IIH related debug details.
PAGE 866
Version Description 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. debug isis local-updates To debug IS-IS local update packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information. Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] local-updates [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf—name] updates [interface] command.
PAGE 867
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 868
• For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 869
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable debugging information on IS-IS corresponding to that VRF. This information contains SPF trigger detail tied to the VRF that you specify. When SPF is triggered, this debugging information is displayed. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 870
interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 871
default-information originate Generates a default route into an IS-IS routing domain and controls the distribution of default information. Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [routemap map-name] To disable the generation of a default route into the specified IS-IS routing domain, use the no default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 872
router does not always generate a default route into a routing domain. The router still requires its own default route before it can generate one. How a metric value assigned to a default route advertises depends on the metricstyle command configuration. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow mode and the metric value in the default-information originate command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in the LSPs is 63.
PAGE 873
Related Commands Version Description pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. • router isis — enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 874
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The administrative distance indicates the trust value of incoming packets. A low administrative distance indicates a high trust rate. A high value indicates a lower trust rate. For example, a weight of 255 is interpreted that the routing information source is not trustworthy and should be ignored. distribute-list in Filter network prefixes received in updates.
PAGE 875
• Command History Related Commands CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 876
Defaults Command Modes Command History rip (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rip for RIP routes. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static for user-configured routing process. Not configured. • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 877
Defaults Command Modes Command History none • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 878
keywords, the password is processed as plain text which provides limited security. Defaults No default password. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 879
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 880
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 881
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • graceful-restart t3 — configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes.
PAGE 882
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t2 Configure the wait time for the graceful restart timer T2 that a restarting router uses as the wait time for each database to synchronize.
PAGE 883
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command. Parameters adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so if you have configured this option.
PAGE 884
Override the default restart-wait time by entering the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. When you disable restart-wait, the current adjacency hold time is used. Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command. The restarting router gets the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so only when you have configured graceful-restart t3 adjacency.
PAGE 885
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information IS-IS hellos are padded to the full maximum transmission unit (MTU) size. Padding IS-IS Hellos (IIHS) to the full MTU provides early error detection of large frame transmission problems or mismatched MTUs on adjacent interfaces. Related Commands • isis hello padding — turn ON or OFF hello padding on an interface basis.
PAGE 886
ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command. Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsperrors). Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 887
Defaults No processes are configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 888
specified. The tag name must be unique for all IP router processes for a given router. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History s Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 889
Parameters level-1 You can form a Level 1 adjacency if there is at least one common area address between this system and neighbors. You cannot form Level 2 adjacencies on this interface. level-1-2 You can form a Level 1 and Level 2 adjacencies when the neighbor is also configured as Level-1-2 and there is at least one common area, if not, a Level 2 adjacency is established. This setting is the default.
PAGE 890
isis csnp-interval Configure the IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) interval on an interface. Syntax isis csnp-interval seconds [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis csnp-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters seconds Interval of transmission time between CSNPs on multiaccess networks for the designated intermediate system. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 10.
PAGE 891
isis hello-interval Specify the length of time between hello packets sent. Syntax isis hello-interval seconds [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis hello-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters seconds Allows you to set the length of time between hello packet transmissions. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 1. This value is the default.
PAGE 892
isis hello-multiplier Specify the number of IS-IS hello packets a neighbor must miss before the router declares the adjacency down. Syntax isis hello-multiplier multiplier [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis hello-multiplier [multiplier] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters multiplier Specifies an integer that sets the multiplier for the hello holding time. Never configure a hello-multiplier lower than the default (3). The range is from 3 to 1000. The default is 3.
PAGE 893
isis hello padding Turn ON or OFF padding of hello PDUs from INTERFACE mode. Syntax isis hello padding To return to the default, use the no isis hello padding command. Defaults Padding of hello PDUs is enabled (ON). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON.
PAGE 894
destinations. You can configure this metric for Level 1 or Level 2 routing. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to configure the shortest path first (SPF) calculation for Level 1 (intra-area) routing. This value is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to configure the SPF calculation for Level 2 (inter-area) routing.
PAGE 895
Parameters default-metric Metric assigned to the link and used to calculate the cost from each other router via the links in the network to other destinations. You can configure this metric for Level 1 or Level 2 routing. The range is from 0 to 16777215 irrespective of the metric style. The default is 10.
PAGE 896
isis network point-to-point Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface. Syntax isis network point-to-point To disable the feature, use the no isis network point-to-point command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 897
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 2. The router acts as an area router for Level 2 routing. Defaults No default password. level-1 (if not otherwise specified). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 898
Parameters value This value sets the router priority. The higher the value, the higher the priority. The range is from 0 to 127. The default is 64. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 1. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 2. Defaults value = 64; level-1 (if not otherwise specified). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 899
To return to the default values, use the no is-type command. Parameters level-1 Allows a router to act as a Level 1 router. level-1-2 Allows a router to act as both a Level 1 and Level 2 router. This setting is the default. level-2-only Allows a router to act as a Level 2 router. Defaults level-1-2 Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 900
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 901
second_wait_inte rval seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the wait interval, in seconds, between the first and second LSP generation. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. Defaults See Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 902
To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes. The range is from 512 to 16000 for Non-Jumbo mode and from 128 to 9195 for Jumbo mode. The default is 1497. NOTE: The appropriate interface circuit is brought down and removed. Defaults 1497 bytes. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 903
To restore the default refresh interval, use the no lsp-refresh-interval command. Parameters seconds The LSP refresh interval, in seconds. This value must be 300 seconds less than the value specified in the max-lsplifetime command. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. The default is 900. Defaults 900 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 904
max-area-addresses Configure manual area addresses. Syntax max-area-addresses number To return to the default values, use the no max-area-addresses command. Parameters number Set the maximum number of manual area addresses. The range is from 3 to 6. The default is 3. Defaults 3 addresses Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.
PAGE 905
Parameters seconds The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsp-refresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 1200. Defaults 1200 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
PAGE 906
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths an IP routing installs in a routing table. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 4. 4 • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 907
transition Allows you to generate both old-style and new-style TLVs. The metric range is from 0 to 63. wide Allows you to generate and accept only new-style TLVs. The metric range is from 0 to 16777215. level-1 Enables the metric style on Level 1. level-2 Enables the metric style on Level 2. Defaults narrow; if no Level is specified, Level-1 and Level-2 are configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 908
multi-topology Enables multi-topology IS-IS. It also allows enabling/disabling of old and new style TLVs for IP prefix information in the LSPs. Syntax multi-topology [transition] To return to a single topology configuration, use the no multi-topology [transition] command. Parameters transition Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 909
selector byte, always identified as zero zero (00). This argument can be applied to an address or a name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.
PAGE 910
• For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 911
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute active routes into IS-IS. rip Enter the keyword rip to redistribute RIP routes into IS-IS. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute user-configured routes into IS-IS. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Assign a value to the redistributed route. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. Use a value that is consistent with the destination protocol.
PAGE 912
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To redistribute a default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Changing or disabling a keyword in this command does not affect the state of the other command keywords.
PAGE 913
Parameters AS number Enter a number that corresponds to the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65355. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS Level 1 routes only. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS Level 1 and Level 2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level 2 routes only. This setting is the default. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) The value used for the redistributed route.
PAGE 914
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information BGP to IS-IS redistribution supports “match” options using route maps. You can set the metric value, level, and metric-type of redistributed routes by the redistribution command. You can “set” more advanced options using route maps.
PAGE 915
level-1 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level 1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level-1-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level 2 routes. This setting is the default. match {external | internal} (OPTIONAL) The command used for OSPF to route and redistribute into other routing domains.
PAGE 916
Usage Information How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow mode and the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs is 63. If the metric-style command is set for wide mode, the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is advertised.
PAGE 917
Usage Information Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. Enable routing on one or more interfaces to establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing. You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time.
PAGE 918
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Set the overload bit when a router experiences problems, such as a memory shortage due to an incomplete link state database which can result in an incomplete or inaccurate routing table. If you set the overload bit in its LSPs, other routers ignore the unreliable router in their SPF calculations until the router has recovered.
PAGE 919
router isis clns host ISIS 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.00 log-adjacency-changes net 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.00 ! address-family ipv6 unicast maximum-paths 16 multi-topology transition set-overload-bit spf-interval level-1 100 15 20 spf-interval level-2 120 20 25 exit-address-family Example (Address- The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode.
PAGE 920
Command Modes Command History summary (OPTIONAL) Displays the summary of link-state database information when specified. lspid (OPTIONAL) Display only the specified LSP. system-id (OPTIONAL) Displays the link-state database for system-id. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 921
Field Description The last octet is the LSP number. An LSP is divided into multiple LSP fragments if there is more data than cannot fit in a single LSP. Each fragment has a unique LSP number. An * after the LSPID indicates that the system originates an LSP where this command was issued. Example LSP Seq Num This value is the sequence number for the LSP that allows other systems to determine if they have received the latest information from the source.
PAGE 922
Metric: 10 IS OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 2511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1011::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Hostname: ISIS IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x0000002D 0xB2CD 1075 0/0/0 Area Address: 49.0000.0001 NLPID: 0xCC 0x8E IP Address: 10.1.1.
PAGE 923
NOTE: If you do not specify this option, the IS-IS graceful restart details corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 924
show isis hostname Display IS-IS host names configured or learned on the switch. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show isis [vrf vrf-name] hostname vrf vrf-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS host names corresponding to that VRF. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 925
Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS interface status information corresponding to that VRF. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 926
Example Dell> show isis int TenGigabitEthernet 1/7/1 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 37847070, Local circuit ID 1 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.01 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
PAGE 927
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 928
Example Field Description State The value providing status about the adjacency state. The range is Up and Init. Type This value displays the adjacency type (Layer 2, Layer 2 or both). Priority IS-IS priority the neighbor advertises. The neighbor with highest priority becomes the designated router for the interface. Uptime Displays the interfaces uptime. Circuit Id The neighbor’s interpretation of the designated router for the interface.
PAGE 929
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 930
Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS traffic interface information corresponding to that VRF. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type and the interface following: • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 931
Example Item Description Level-1/Level-2 Hellos (sent/rcvd) Displays the number of Hello packets sent and received. PTP Hellos (sent/ rcvd) Displays the number of point-to-point Hellos sent and received. Level-1/Level-2 LSPs sourced (new/refresh) Displays the number of new and refreshed LSPs. Level-1/Level-2 LSPs flooded (sent/rcvd) Displays the number of flooded LSPs sent and received. Level-1/Level-2 LSPs CSNPs (sent/ rcvd) Displays the number of CSNP LSPs sent and received.
PAGE 932
spf-interval Specify the minimum interval between shortest path first (SPF) calculations. Syntax spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] To restore default values, use the no spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command.
PAGE 933
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 7.5.1.0 Added support for SPF Throttling Enhancement. Usage Information This command spf-interval in CONFIG-ROUTER-ISIS-AF-IPV6 mode is used for IPv6 Multi-Topology route computation only. If using Single Topology mode, use the spf-interval command in CONFIG-ROUTER-ISIS mode for both IPv4 and IPv6 route computations. SPF throttling slows down the frequency at which route calculations are performed during network instability.
PAGE 934
27 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This section contains commands for Dell Networks’ implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For static LAG commands based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.3 Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications, see Port Channel Commands .
PAGE 935
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • show lacp — display the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] command.
PAGE 936
Optionally, enter an in or out parameter: Defaults Command Modes Command History • Receive enter in • Transmit enter out None • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 937
Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 938
Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 939
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 940
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • show lacp — display the LACP information. • show interfaces port-channel — display information on configured Port Channel groups. show lacp Display the LACP matrix. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History 940 show lacp port-channel-number [sys-id | counters] port-channelnumber Enter a port-channel number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 941
Example (PortChannel-Number) Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show lacp 1 Port-channel 1 admin up, oper up, mode lacp Actor System ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.a12b Partner System ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 942
28 Layer 2 This section describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. mac-address-table aging-time Specify an aging time for MAC addresses to remove from the MAC address table. Syntax Parameters mac-address-table aging-time seconds seconds Enter either zero (0) or a number as the number of seconds before MAC addresses are relearned. To disable aging of the MAC address table, enter 0.
PAGE 943
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.1.0 On the E-Series, available in INTERFACE VLAN context, reduced the minimum aging time in the INTERFACE VLAN context from 10 seconds to 1 second. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • mac learning-limit — set the MAC address learning limits for a selected interface. • show mac-address-table aging-time — display the MAC aging time.
PAGE 944
output-range interface vlan vlan-id • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword outputrange then one of the following interfaces to indicate a range of ports for which traffic is forwarded: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 945
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Unicast) mac-address-table static 00:01:00:00:00:01 {output Te 1/2/1 vlan 2} Example (Multicast) mac-address-table static 01:00:5E:01:00:01 {multicast vlan 2 output—range Te 1/2/1, Te 1/3/1} Related Commands • show mac-address-table — display the MAC address table.
PAGE 946
Usage Information For more information about using this command, see NIC Teaming in the Layer 2 section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. mac learning-limit Limit the maximum number of MAC addresses (static + dynamic) learned on a selected interface.
PAGE 947
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added the station-move option. 6.5.1.0 Added support for MAC Learning-Limit on the LAG. Usage Information This command and its options are supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, LACP LAGs, and VLANs. If you do not specify the vlan option, the MAC address counters are not VLANbased.
PAGE 948
To return to the default, use the no mac learning-limit learn-limitviolation {log | shutdown} command. Parameters log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a learning-limit violation. shutdown Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down the port on a learning-limit violation. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 949
To convert the sticky MAC addresses to dynamic MAC addresses, use the no mac learning-limit command. Parameters mac-addresssticky Configures the dynamic MAC addresses as sticky on an interface. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 950
shutdown-both Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down both the original and offending interface and generate a syslog message. shutdownoffending Enter the keywords shutdown-offending to shut down the offending interface and generate a syslog message. shutdown-original Enter the keywords shutdown-original to shut down the original interface and generate a syslog message. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 951
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 952
address/mac-address, interface/interface, or vlan vlan-id. Command Modes Command History 952 aging-time Enter the keyword aging-time to display only aging-time information. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface and the interface information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 953
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Updated the output. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 954
2 100 2 10 00:00:00:00:00:03 Active 00:00:00:00:00:04 Active Dynamic Po Dynamic Po Usage Information The following describes the show mac-address-table count command shown in the following example. Line Beginning Description With Example (Count) Related Commands MAC Entries... Displays the number of MAC entries learned per VLAN. Dynamic Address... Lists the number of dynamically learned MAC addresses. Static Address... Lists the number of user-defined MAC addresses. Total MAC...
PAGE 955
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 956
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 957
Occasionally, while sending broadcast traffic over multiple Layer 3 VLANs, the VRRP state of a VLAN interface may continually switch between Master and Backup. NOTE: For more information, refer to VLAN Stacking and VLAN-related commands, such as portmode hybrid in the Interfaces chapter. default vlan-id Specify a VLAN as the Default VLAN. Syntax default vlan-id vlan-id To remove the default VLAN status from a VLAN and VLAN 1 does not exist, use the no default vlan-id vlan-id syntax.
PAGE 958
The Default VLAN contains only untagged interfaces. Related Commands • interface vlan — configure a VLAN. description Add a description about the selected VLAN. Syntax Parameters description description description Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History Related Commands Enter a text string description to identify the VLAN (80 characters maximum). Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 959
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 960
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To display information about a named VLAN, enter the show vlan command with the name parameter or the show interfaces description command. Related Commands • interface vlan — configure a VLAN.
PAGE 961
Example Dell(conf-if-vl-100)# show config ! interface Vlan 100 no ip address no shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-100)# show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch.
PAGE 962
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display PVLAN data for the C-Series and SSeries and revised the output to include the Description field to display a user-entered VLAN description. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and revised the output to display Native VLAN. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 963
Example Column Heading Description Ports Displays the type, slot, and port information.
PAGE 964
Dell# show vlan id 41 Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM 41 Status Description Q Ports Active T Te 1/47/1 Dell# show vlan id 42 Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM 42 Dell# Status Description Q Ports Active U Te 1/47/1 Example (Brief) Dell# show vlan br VLAN Name STG MAC Aging IP Address ---- -----
PAGE 965
tagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface. Syntax tagged interface To remove a tagged interface from a VLAN, use the no tagged interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 966
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you use the no tagged command, the interface is automatically placed in the Default VLAN as an untagged interface unless the interface is a member of another VLAN. If the interface belongs to several VLANs, remove it from all VLANs to change it to an untagged interface.
PAGE 967
Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 968
To remove an untagged interface from a VLAN, use the no untagged interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 969
Usage Information Untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN. In the Default VLAN, you cannot use the no untagged interface command. To remove an untagged interface from all VLANs, including the Default VLAN, enter INTERFACE mode and use the no switchport command. Related Commands • interface vlan — configure a VLAN. • tagged — specify which interfaces in a VLAN are tagged.
PAGE 970
• For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 971
that interface. When an interface is placed in an “errordisabled” state, you must enter the fefd reset command to reset the interface state. Range is normal or aggressive. Default is normal. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 972
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information FEFD disable command on the interface prevents the interface from running FEFD when FEFD is enabled globally.
PAGE 973
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enable far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command.
PAGE 974
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enable far-end failure detection. fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode.
PAGE 975
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enable far-end failure detection. fefd-global interval Configure an interval between FEFD control packets. Syntax fefd-global interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no fefd-global interval command.
PAGE 976
Related Commands • fefd — enable far-end failure detection. • fefd-global — enable FEFD globally on the system. fefd-global Enable FEFD globally on the system. Syntax fefd-global [interval seconds][mode {normal | aggressive}] To disable FEFD globally, use the no fefd-global [mode {normal | aggressive}] command. Parameters interval seconds Enter the keyword interval followed by the number of seconds to wait between FEFD control packets. Range is from 3 to 300 seconds. Default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 977
Version Description Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information If you enter only the fefd-global syntax, the mode is normal and the default interval is 15 seconds. If you disable FEFD globally (no fefd-global), the system does not remove the FEFD interface configuration. Related Commands • fefd — enable far-end failure detection. • fefd-global interval — configure an interval between FEFD control packets. • show fefd — display the FEFD command output.
PAGE 978
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information The following describes the show fefd command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number.
PAGE 979
Te 5/7/1 Te 5/8/1 Te 5/9/1 Te 5/10/1 Te 5/11/1 Dell# Related Commands Layer 2 Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive NA Aggressive 10 10 10 NA 10 Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Locally disabled Err-disabled • fefd — enable far-end failure detection. • fefd disable — disable FEFD on an interface only. • fefd-global — enable FEFD globally on the system. • fefd reset — reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode.
PAGE 980
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 29 The link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management. The Dell Networking operating software implementation of LLDP is based on IEEE standard 801.1ab. The Dell Networking OS supports the basic LLDP commands on platform.
PAGE 981
vlan-name Enter the keywords vlan-name to advertise the vlan-name TLV. This keyword is only supported on the C-Series and SSeries. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 982
Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 983
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 984
• For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 985
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 986
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Enable or disable LLDP. Syntax disable To enable LLDP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled — no disable.
PAGE 987
Related Commands • protocol lldp (Configuration) — enable LLDP globally. • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. • show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors. hello Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer. Syntax hello seconds To revert to the default, use the no hello seconds command. Parameters seconds Enter the rate, in seconds, at which the control packets are sent to its peer. The rate is from 5 to 180 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 988
mode To receive or transmit, set LLDP. Syntax mode {tx | rx} To return to the default, use the no mode command. Parameters tx Enter the keyword tx to set the mode to transmit. rx Enter the keyword rx to set the mode to receive. Defaults Both transmit and receive. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 989
multiplier Set the multiple of the hello timer before LLDP declares the interface dead. Syntax multiplier number To return to the default, use the no multiplier command. Parameters integer Enter the number of consecutive misses before the LLDP declares the interface dead. The range is from 2 to 10. Defaults 4 Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 990
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 991
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Before LLDP can be configured on an interface, it must be enabled globally from CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 992
detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display all the TLV information, remote management IP addresses, timers, and LLDP tx and rx counters. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 993
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
PAGE 994
Regarding connected endpoint devices, LLDP-MED provides network connectivity devices with the ability to: • manage inventory • identify physical location • identify network policy advertise med guest-voice To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user with their own IP telephony handset or other appliances that support interactive voice services, configure the system.
PAGE 995
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. • protocol lldp (Configuration) — enable LLDP globally. • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. • show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors. advertise med guest-voice-signaling To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user when the guest voice control packets use a separate network policy than the voice data, configure the system.
PAGE 996
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. • show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors. advertise med location-identification To advertise a location identifier, configure the system.
PAGE 997
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
PAGE 998
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP.
PAGE 999
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP.
PAGE 1000
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP.
PAGE 1001
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. • • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP.
PAGE 1002
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.
PAGE 1003
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.
PAGE 1004
Microsoft Network Load Balancing 30 Network load balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. Microsoft NLB clustering allows multiple servers running Microsoft Windows to be represented by one MAC and one IP address to provide transparent failover and load-balancing.
PAGE 1005
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for association of an IP address with multicast MAC address on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 1006
• output-range interface vlan vlan-id For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword outputrange then one of the following interfaces to indicate a range of ports for which traffic is forwarded: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 1007
Default Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL platforms. Disabled Usage Information By default this command is disabled. There might be some ARP table entries which are resolved through ARP packets which had Ethernet MAC SA different from MAC information inside the ARP packet. This unicast data traffic flooding occurs only for those packets which use these ARP entries.
PAGE 1008
Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) 31 Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM sparse-mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. The Dell Networking OS supports MSDP commands on the platform.
PAGE 1009
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1010
Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added the local option. 7.7.1.0 Added the rejected-sa option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp statistic peer peer-address peer Enter the keyword peer to clear the MSDP peer entries. peer-address Enter the IP address of the MSDP peer.
PAGE 1011
ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable an MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries. Syntax ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} To clear the MSDP rejected source-active entries, use the no ip msdp cacherejected-sa {number} command then the ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command. Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1012
ip msdp default-peer Define a default peer from which to accept all source-active (SA) messages. Syntax ip msdp default-peer peer address [list name] To remove the default peer, use the no ip msdp default-peer {peer address} list name command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) list name Enter the keywords list name and specify a standard access list that contains the RP address that should be treated as the default peer.
PAGE 1013
ip msdp log-adjacency-changes Enable logging of MSDP adjacency changes. Syntax ip msdp log-adjacency-changes To disable logging, use the no ip msdp log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1014
peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1015
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1016
ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [salimit number] To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1017
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added option for SA upper limit and the description option. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1018
Parameters list acl-name Enter the name of an extended ACL that contains permitted SAs. If you do not use this option, all local entries are blocked. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1019
Parameters in Enter the keyword in to enable incoming SA filtering. out Enter the keyword out to enable outgoing SA filtering. peer-address Enter the peer address of the MSDP peer in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). access-list name Enter the name of an extended ACL that contains permitted SAs. If you do not use this option, all local entries are blocked. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1020
Defaults 50000 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1021
Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1022
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced show ip msdp Display the MSDP peer status, SA cache, or peer summary.
PAGE 1023
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced Dell# show ip msdp peer 100.1.1.1 Peer Addr: 100.1.1.1 Local Addr: 100.1.1.
PAGE 1024
• Command History Example 1024 EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1025
32 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking OS, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell Networking platform. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol.
PAGE 1026
Optionally, enter an in or out parameter with the optional interface: events • For Receive, enter the keyword in. • For Transmit, enter the keyword out. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug MSTP events. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1027
To enable MSTP, enter the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1028
the Forwarding State. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds. Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1029
Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2 seconds. Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1030
Parameters max-age Enter a number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1031
Parameters msti instance Enter the MSTP instance. The range is from zero (0) to 63. vlan range Enter the keyword vlan then the identifier range value. The range is from 1 to 4094. bridge-priority priority Enter the keywords bridge-priority then a value in increments of 4096 as the bridge priority. The range is from zero (0) to 61440. Valid priority values are: 0, 4096, 8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 36864, 40960, 45056, 49152, 53248, 57344, and 61440. All other values are rejected.
PAGE 1032
name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region. Syntax name region-name To remove the region name, use the no name command. Parameters region-name Enter the MST region name. The range is 32 character limit. Defaults No default name. Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1033
protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. Syntax protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the multiple spanning tree group, use the no protocol spanningtree mstp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1034
revision The revision number for the multiple spanning tree configuration. Syntax revision range To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1035
show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are shown. Syntax show config Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.
PAGE 1036
show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. Syntax Command Modes Command History show spanning-tree mst configuration • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1037
show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] instance-number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance. guard (Optional) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an MSTP interface and the current port state.
PAGE 1038
Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e802.3506 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 5 Current root has priority 16384, Address 0001.e800.0a5c Number of topology changes 0, last change occurred 3058087 Port 82 (TenGigabitEthernet 2/1/1) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.82 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e802.35:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1039
Root Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 We are the root of MSTI 0 (CIST) Current root has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 CIST regional root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1040
To disable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface, use the no spanning-tree command. Parameters spanning-tree Enter the keywords spanning-tree to enable the MSTP on the interface. Defaults Enable. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 1041
priority priority Defaults • 100 Mb/s Ethernet interface = 200000 • 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 20000 • 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 2000 • Port Channel interface with one 100 Mb/s Ethernet = 200000 • Port Channel interface with one 1 Gigabit Ethernet = 20000 • Port Channel interface with one 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 2000 • Port Channel with two 1 Gigabit Ethernet = 18000 • Port Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 1800 • Port Channel with two 100 Mbps Ethernet = 180000 Enter keywor
PAGE 1042
tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1043
33 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking OS on all platform. IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
PAGE 1044
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for keyword snooping on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands • show ip pim tib — show the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
PAGE 1045
[protocol [process-id | tag] ip-address] (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the routing protocols: • Enter the BGP as-number then the IP address in dotted decimal format of the reverse path forwarding (RPF) neighbor. The range is from 1 to 65535. • Enter the OSPF process identification number then the IP address in dotted decimal format of the RPF neighbor. the range is from 1 to 65535. • Enter the IS-IS alphanumeric tag string then the IP address in dotted decimal format of the RPF neighbor.
PAGE 1046
ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. Syntax Parameters ip multicast-limit [vrf vrf-name] limit vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to limit the number of multicast on the VRF. limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The S-Series range is from 1 to 16000. Defaults The S-Series default is 4000.
PAGE 1047
ip multicast-routing Enable IP multicast forwarding. Syntax ip multicast-routing [vrf vrf-name] To disable multicast forwarding, use the no ip multicast-routing [vrf vrf-name] command. Defaults Parameters Disabled. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable IP multicast forwarding on that VRF. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1048
show ip mroute View the multicast routing table. Syntax Parameters show ip mroute [vrf vrf-name] [static | group-address [sourceaddress] | count | snooping [vlan vlan-id] [group-address [source-address]] | summary | vlt [group-address [sourceaddress] | count] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
PAGE 1049
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.
PAGE 1050
(165.87.1.7, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:03:17 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 4/11/1 TenGigabitEthernet 4/13/1 TenGigabitEthernet 4/20/1 Example (VLT) Dell# show ip mroute vlt IP Multicast Routing Table Flags: S – Synced (*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Vlan 30 (50.1.1.2, 225.1.1.
PAGE 1051
Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 3/4/1 show ip rpf View reverse path forwarding. Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip rpf • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1052
Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) 34 The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 1053
• Router mode — When a policy with device role as router is applied on an interface, all the RA packets are validated based on the configuration information in the policy. Similarly, you can also apply this mode over any specific VLAN and the validation is performed only for that particular VLAN RA packets. To configure the IPv6 RA guard, use the following Dell Networking OS commands. clear ipv6 neighbors Delete all entries in the IPv6 neighbor discovery cache or neighbors of a specific interface.
PAGE 1054
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1055
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9000 switches. device-role Specify the role of the device attached to the port. Syntax device-role {host | router} To reset the device role, use the no device-role {host | router} command. Parameters host Enter the keyword host to set the device-role as host.
PAGE 1056
To reset the hop count limit, use the no hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} command. Parameters maximum limit Enter the keyword maximum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254. minimum limit Enter the keyword minimum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1057
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9000 switches. • show ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — display the configuration applied on all the RA guard policies or a specific RA guard policy. ipv6 nd ra-guard enable Allow you to configure the RA guard related commands.
PAGE 1058
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9000 switches. • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ipv6 neighbor Configure a static entry in the IPv6 neighbor discovery.
PAGE 1059
hardware_address • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. Enter a 48-bit hardware MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 1060
Use the ipv6 neighbor command to manually configure the IPv6 address of a neighbor to be discovered by the switch. managed-config-flag Set the managed address configuration flag. Syntax managed-config-flag {on | off} To clear the flag, use the no managed-config-flag {on | off} command. Parameters on Enter the keyword on to set the managed-config-flag value as ON. off Enter the keyword off to set the managed-config flag value as OFF.
PAGE 1061
Parameters ipv6–access-list name Enter the keywords ipv6–access-list then the accesslist name. The access-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters. ipv6–prefix-list name Enter the keywords ipv6–prefix-list then the prefix-list name. The prefix-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters. ipv6–macaccess-list name Enter the keywords ipv6–mac-access-list then the mac-access-list name. The mac-access-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters.
PAGE 1062
ipv6–macaccess-list name Enter the keywords ipv6–mac-access-list then the mac-access-list name. The mac-access-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1063
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. other-config-flag Enable the verification of the advertised other configuration parameter. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed.
PAGE 1064
reachable-time Enable the verification of the configured reachability time in the received RA packets. Syntax reachable—time value To reset the advertised reachability time, use the no reachable-timevalue command. Parameters value Enter the advertised reachability time in milliseconds. The range is from 0 to 3,600,000 milliseconds. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1065
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9000 switches.
PAGE 1066
router-preference maximum Enable the verification of the advertised default router preference (DRP) value. The preference value is lower than or equal to the specified limit. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax router-preference maximum {high | low | medium} To reset the default router preference value, use the no router-preference maximum {high | low | medium} command. Parameters high Enter the keyword high to set the DRP value as high.
PAGE 1067
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9000 switches.
PAGE 1068
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Introduced on the S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. Example Related Commands • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands.
PAGE 1069
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. interface interface Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1070
Example Dell# show ipv6 neighbors IPv6 Address Expires(min) Hardware Address State Interface VLAN CPU ------------------------------------------------------------------------100::1 0.03 00:00:00:00:00:22 DELAY Te 1/12/1 CP fe80::200:ff:fe00:22 232 00:00:00:00:00:22 STALE Te 1/12/1 CP 500::1 0.60 00:01:e8:17:5c:af REACH Te 1/13/1 CP fe80::200:ff:fe00:17 232 00:00:00:00:00:29 REACH Te 1/14/1 CP 900::1 0.60 00:01:e8:17:5c:b1 STALE Po 23 CP 400::1 0.
PAGE 1071
35 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6, and is available on the Dell Networking platforms. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
PAGE 1072
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1073
Usage Information You can configure an UP and/or DOWN timer for each tracked object to set the time delay before a change in the state of a tracked object is communicated to clients. The configured time delay starts when the state changes from UP to DOWN or vice-versa. If the state of an object changes back to its former UP/DOWN state before the timer expires, the timer is cancelled and the client is not notified.
PAGE 1074
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. • track interface ip routing – configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface. • track interface line-protocol – configure object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface. • track ip route metric threshold – configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric.
PAGE 1075
track 4 interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 ip routing track 5 ip route 192.168.0.0/24 reachability vrf red track resolution ip route isis 20 track resolution ip route ospf 10 Example (Objectid) Dell# show running-config track 300 Related Commands • show track – display information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object. • track interface ip routing – configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface.
PAGE 1076
a VRF name, information on the tracked objects from all VRFs displays. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1077
First-hop interface is TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 Tracked by: VRRP TenGigabitEthernet 2/3/4 IPv6 VRID 1 Track 3 IPv6 route 2050::/64 reachability Reachability is Up (STATIC) 5 changes, last change 00:02:16 First-hop interface is TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 Tracked by: VRRP TenGigabitEthernet 2/3/4 IPv6 VRID 1 Usage Information The following describes the show track brief command shown in the Example below. Example (Brief) Related Commands Output Description ResID Number of the tracked object.
PAGE 1078
Parameters up number Enter a number for the UP threshold to be applied to the scaled metric of an IPv4 or IPv6 route. The default UP threshold is 254. The routing state is UP if the scaled route metric is less than or equal to the UP threshold. down number Enter a number for the DOWN threshold to be applied to the scaled metric of an IPv4 or IPv6 route. The default DOWN threshold is255. The routing state is DOWN if the scaled route metric is greater than or equal to the DOWN threshold.
PAGE 1079
The tracking process uses a protocol-specific resolution value to convert the actual metric in the routing table to a scaled metric in the range 0 to 255. You can configure the resolution value used to scale route metrics for supported protocols with the track resolution ip route and track resolution ipv6 route commands. Related Commands • track ip route metric threshold – configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric.
PAGE 1080
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for tunnel interface. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1081
• For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1082
To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. ip-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. The valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to /32. vrf vrf-name (Optional) E-Series only: You can configure a VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance to specify the virtual routing table to which the tracked route belongs.
PAGE 1083
• If the scaled metric for a route entry is less than or equal to the UP threshold, the state of a route is UP. • If the scaled metric for a route is greater than or equal to the DOWN threshold or the route is not entered in the routing table, the state of a route is DOWN. You configure the UP and DOWN thresholds for each tracked route by using the threshold metric command. The default UP threshold is 254; the default DOWN threshold is 255.
PAGE 1084
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Use this command to create an object that tracks the reachability of an IPv4 route. In order for a route’s reachability to be tracked, the route must appear as an entry in the routing table. A tracked IPv4 route is considered to match an entry in the routing table only if the exact IPv4 address and prefix length match a table entry. For example, when configured as a tracked route, 10.0.0.
PAGE 1085
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1086
• delay • description • show running-config track • threshold metric • track interface line-protocol show track ipv6 route Display information about all tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current tracked state (UP or DOWN), and the clients which are tracking an object. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show track ipv6 route [brief] brief • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Display a single line summary of information for tracked IPv6 routes.
PAGE 1087
Example Output Description number changes, last change time Number of times that the state of the tracked object has changed and the time since the last change in hours:minutes:seconds. First hop interface Displays the type and slot/port number of the first-hop interface of the tracked route. Tracked by Client that is tracking an object’s state; for example, VRRP.
PAGE 1088
• track ipv6 route metric threshold – configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv6 route metric. • track ipv6 route reachability – configure object tracking on the reachability of an IPv6 route. track interface ipv6 routing Configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv6 Layer 3 interface. Syntax track object-id interface interface ipv6 routing To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object.
PAGE 1089
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Use this command to create an object that tracks the routing state of an IPv6 Layer 3 interface: Related Commands • The status of the IPv6 interface is UP only if the Layer 2 status of the interface is UP and the interface has a valid IP address.
PAGE 1090
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Use this command to create an object that tracks the UP and/or DOWN threshold of an IPv6 route metric. In order for a route’s metric to be tracked, the route must appear as an entry in the routing table. A tracked IPv6 route is considered to match an entry in the routing table only if the exact IPv6 address and prefix length match a table entry.
PAGE 1091
To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. ipv6-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. The valid IPv6 prefix lengths are from /0 to / 128. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1092
track resolution ipv6 route Configure the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv6 route metric. Syntax track resolution ipv6 route {isis resolution-value | ospf resolution-value} To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. Use the range to 1 to 500. isis resolutionvalue Enter the resolution used to convert the metric in the routing table for ISIS routes to a scaled metric.
PAGE 1093
Related Commands Object Tracking • For OSPF, you can set the resolution in the range 1 to 1592, where the default is 1. • The resolution value used to map static routes is not configurable. By default, Dell Networking OS assigns a metric of 0 to static routes. • The resolution value used to map RIP routes is not configurable. The RIP hopcount is automatically multiplied by 16 to scale it. For example, a RIP metric of 16 (unreachable) scales to 256, which considers the route to be DOWN.
PAGE 1094
Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) 36 Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on platform. OSPF is an interior gateway protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single autonomous system (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors.
PAGE 1095
Defaults cost = 1; no areas are configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1096
defaultinformationoriginate (OPTIONAL) Allows external routing information to be imported into the NSSA by using Type 7 default. no-summary (OPTIONAL) Specify that no summary LSAs should be sent into the NSSA. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1097
mask Specify a mask for the destination prefix. Enter the full mask (for example, 255.255.255.0). not-advertise (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords not-advertise to set the status to DoNotAdvertise (that is, the Type 3 summary-LSA is suppressed and the component networks remain hidden from other areas.) Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1098
To delete a stub area, use the no area area-id stub command. Parameters area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) or enter a number from zero (0) to 65535. no-summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords no-summary to prevent the ABR from sending summary Link State Advertisements (LSAs) into the stub area. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1099
To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type, use the no auto-cost [reference-bandwidth] command. Parameters ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second. The range is from 1 to 4294967. The default is 100 megabits per second. Defaults 100 megabits per second. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1100
process (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword process to reset the OSPF process. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1101
neighbor routerid • For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1102
debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF. Entering the debug ip ospf commands enables OSPF debugging for the first OSPF process. Syntax debug ip ospf [process-id] [vrf vrf-name] [bfd |event | packet | spf | database-timer rate-limit] To cancel the debug command, use the no debug ip ospf command. Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
PAGE 1103
Version Description 8.3.8.0 Added the database-timer rate-limit option for the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the debug ip ospf command shown in the Example below. Field Description 8:14 Displays the time stamp. OSPF Displays the OSPF process ID: instance ID.
PAGE 1104
Example Field Description to: Displays the interface to which the packet is intended. dst: Displays the destination IP address. netmask: Displays the destination IP address mask.
PAGE 1105
Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to specify that default route information must always be advertised. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to configure a metric value for the route. The range is from 1 to 16777214. metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes.
PAGE 1106
default-metric Change the metrics of redistributed routes to a value useful to OSPF. Use this command with the redistribute command. Syntax default-metric number To return to the default values, use the no default-metric [number] command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric. The range is from 1 to 16777214. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1107
description Add a description about the selected OSPF configuration. Syntax description description To remove the OSPF description, use the no description command. Parameters description Enter a text string description to identify the OSPF configuration (80 characters maximum). Defaults None Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1108
distance Define an administrative distance for particular routes to a specific IP address. Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask access-list-name] To delete the settings, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask access-list-name] command. Parameters weight Specify an administrative distance. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a router ID in the dotted decimal format. If you enter a router ID, include the mask for that router address.
PAGE 1109
Version Description pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. Syntax distance ospf [external dist3] [inter-area dist2] [intra-area dist1] To delete these settings, use the no distance ospf command. Parameters Defaults external dist3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword external then a number to specify a distance for external type 5 and 7 routes. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110.
PAGE 1110
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To specify a distance for routes learned from other routing domains, use the redistribute command. distribute-list in Apply a filter to incoming routing updates from OSPF to the routing table.
PAGE 1111
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1112
NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the CSeries. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series. rip (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rip to specify that RIP routes are distributed. NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the CSeries. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to specify that only manually configured routes are distributed. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1113
fast-convergence This command sets the minimum LSA origination and arrival times to zero (0), allowing more rapid route computation so that convergence takes less time. Syntax fast-convergence {number} To cancel fast-convergence, use the no fast convergence command. Parameters number Enter the convergence level desired. The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place. The range is from 1 to 4. Defaults None.
PAGE 1114
flood-2328 Enable RFC-2328 flooding behavior. Syntax flood-2328 To disable, use the no flood-2328 command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 1115
graceful-restart grace-period Specifies the time duration, in seconds, that the router’s neighbors continue to advertise the router as fully adjacent regardless of the synchronization state during a graceful restart. NOTE: This command enables OSPFv2 graceful restart globally by setting the grace period (in seconds) that an OSPFv2 router’s neighbors continues to advertise the router as adjacent during a graceful restart.
PAGE 1116
you enable restart mode the router advertises the neighbor as fully adjacent during a restart. graceful-restart helper-reject Specify the OSPF router to not act as a helper during graceful restart. Syntax graceful-restart helper-reject ip-address To return to default value, use the no graceful-restart helper-reject command. Parameters ip-address Enter the OSPF router-id, in IP address format, of the restart router that will not act as a helper during graceful restart. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1117
graceful-restart mode Enable the graceful restart mode. Syntax graceful-restart mode [planned-only | unplanned-only] To disable graceful restart mode, use the no graceful-restart mode command. Parameters planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only. unplanned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords unplanned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in an unplanned restart condition only.
PAGE 1118
graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. Syntax graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, use the no graceful-restart role command. Parameters role helper-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords helper-only to specify the OSPF router is a helper only during graceful restart. role restart-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords restart-only to specify the OSPF router is a restart only during graceful-restart.
PAGE 1119
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type. During the grace period, OSPF sends out packets with new and old authentication scheme until the grace period expires. Syntax ip ospf auth-change-wait-time seconds To return to the default, use the no ip ospf auth-change-wait-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the seconds. The range is from 0 to 300. Defaults zero (0) seconds.
PAGE 1120
To delete an authentication key, use the no ip ospf authentication-key command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the key. key Enter an eight-character string. Strings longer than eight characters are truncated. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1121
Defaults The default cost is based on the reference bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
PAGE 1122
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1123
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1124
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 9.1(0.0) Included usage information on maximum number of digest keys per interface. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1125
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1126
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface.
PAGE 1127
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a designated router or backup designated router. Use this command for interfaces connected to multi-access networks, not pointto-point networks.
PAGE 1128
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Set the time interval to a number large enough to prevent unnecessary retransmissions. ip ospf transmit-delay To send a link state update packet on the interface, set the estimated time elapsed.
PAGE 1129
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. log-adjacency-changes To send a Syslog message about changes in the OSPF adjacency state, set Dell Networking OS. Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable the Syslog messages, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1130
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters number Specify the number of paths. The range for OSPFv2 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv2 is 4 paths. The range for OSPFv3 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv3 is 8 paths.
PAGE 1131
mib-binding Enable this OSPF process ID to manage the SNMP traps and process SNMP queries. Syntax mib-binding To mib-binding on this OSPF process, use the no mib-binding command. Defaults none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1132
Parameters ip-address Specify a primary or secondary address in dotted decimal format. The primary address is required before adding the secondary address. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format. (/x) area-id Enter the OSPF area ID as either a decimal value or in a valid IP address. Decimal value range is from 0 to 65535. IP address format is dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. NOTE: If the area ID is smaller than 65535, it is converted to a decimal value. For example, if you use an area ID of 0.0.0.
PAGE 1133
passive-interface Suppress both receiving and sending routing updates on an interface. Syntax passive-interface {default | interface} To enable both the receiving and sending routing, use the no passiveinterface interface command. To return all OSPF interfaces (current and future) to active, use the no passiveinterface default command. Parameters default Enter the keyword default to make all OSPF interfaces (current and future) passive.
PAGE 1134
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Modified to include the keyword default. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1135
• The ABR status for the router is updated. • If passive-interface default is specified, then save no passiveinterface interface into the running configuration. No passive-interface default • Clear everything and revert to the default behavior. • All previously marked passive interfaces are removed. • May update ABR status.
PAGE 1136
tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1137
To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters as number Enter the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then the metricvalue number. The range is from 0 to16777214.
PAGE 1138
Version Description pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance. Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type typevalue] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command.
PAGE 1139
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command.
PAGE 1140
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address format for each router. However, each router ID must be unique.
PAGE 1141
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.
PAGE 1142
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show config ! router ospf 3 passive-interface 0 TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/1 Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show ip ospf Display information on the OSPF process configured on the switch.
PAGE 1143
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added output for LSA throttling timers. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF. 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.8.1.0 Added the process-id option, in support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1144
Dell# Related Commands Number of interface in this area is 1 SPF algorithm executed 205 times Area ranges are • show ip ospf database — display information about the OSPF routes configured. • show ip ospf interface — display the OSPF interfaces configured. • show ip ospf neighbor — display the OSPF neighbors configured. show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF.
PAGE 1145
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information To isolate problems with external routes, use this command. In OSPF, external routes are calculated by adding the LSA cost to the cost of reaching the ASBR router. If an external route does not have the correct cost, use this command to determine if the path to the originating router is correct. The display output is not sorted in any order.
PAGE 1146
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1147
Link ID 10.2.3.2 10.2.4.2 Link ID 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.0 10.2.2.0 10.2.3.0 10.2.4.0 11.1.1.0 11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.0 Dell> Related Commands • ADV Router Age 13.1.1.1 676 192.68.135.2 908 Seq# Checksum 0x80000003 0x6592 0x80000055 0x683e Type-5 AS External ADV Router Age Seq# 192.68.135.2 908 0x80000052 192.68.135.2 908 0x8000002a 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 13.1.1.1 1184 0x80000068 11.1.2.
PAGE 1148
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1149
Example Field Description Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metric. Dell# show ip ospf 100 database asbr-summary OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Summary Asbr (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1437 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 103.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1150
link-state-id adv-router ipaddress Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: • the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.
PAGE 1151
Field Example Description • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router.
PAGE 1152
Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 43 LS age: 1868 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC) LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 24.216.12.0 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.8 LS Seq Number: 0x80000005 Checksum: 0xa00e Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 1 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 701 Dell# Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information.
PAGE 1153
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1154
Example Field Description Length Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Network Mask Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Attached Router Identifies the IP address of routers attached to the network. Dell# show ip ospf 1 data network OSPF Router with ID (20.20.20.5) (Process ID 1) Network (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1372 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC, E) LS type: Network Link State ID: 202.10.10.2 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.
PAGE 1155
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followeed by the name of the VRF to view NSSA-External LSA information corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1156
show ip ospf database opaque-area Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name ] database opaque-area [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1157
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database opaquearea command shown in the following example. Example Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1158
Checksum: 0x376 Length: 28 Opaque Type: 1 Opaque ID: 1 Unable to display opaque data LS age: 833 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID: 1.0.0.2 Advertising Router: 10.16.1.160 LS Seq Number: 0x80000002 Checksum: 0x19c2 --More-Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-as Display the opaque-as (type 11) LSA information.
PAGE 1159
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1160
adv-router ipaddress Command Modes Command History Related Commands • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router then the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1161
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view the router LSA information corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1162
Example Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs.
PAGE 1163
AS Boundary Router Area Border Router Number of Links: 10 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.129.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.129.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.130.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.142.
PAGE 1164
link-state-id adv-router ipaddress Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: • the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.
PAGE 1165
Item Example Description • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router.
PAGE 1166
LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x1241 Length: 28 Network Mask: /26 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 Dell# Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf interface Display the OSPF interfaces configured. If OSPF is not enabled on the switch, no output is generated.
PAGE 1167
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1168
Example Item Description Timer intervals... This line displays the interface’s timer settings for Hello interval, Dead interval, Transmit Delay (Wait), and Retransmit Interval. Hello due... This line displays the amount time until the next Hello packet is sent out this interface. Neighbor Count... This line displays the number of neighbors and adjacent neighbors. Listed below this line are the details about each adjacent neighbor.
PAGE 1169
show ip ospf neighbor Display the OSPF neighbors connected to the local router. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name ] neighbor process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to show information corresponding to the OSPF neighbors that are tied to a specific VRF.
PAGE 1170
Example Item Description State Displays the OSPF state of the neighbor. Dead Time Displays the expected time until FTOS declares the neighbor dead. Address Displays the IP address of the neighbor. Interface Displays the interface type slot/port information. Area Displays the neighbor’s area (process ID). Dell# show ip ospf 34 neighbor Neighbor ID 20.20.20.7 192.10.10.2 20.20.20.1 Dell# Pri State Dead Time Address 1 FULL/DR 00:00:32 182.10.10.3 1 FULL/DR 00:00:37 192.10.10.
PAGE 1171
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information This command is useful in isolating routing problems between the OSPF and the RTM.
PAGE 1172
show ip ospf statistics Display OSPF statistics. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] statistics global | [interface name {neighbor router-id}] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display statistics corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF.
PAGE 1173
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1174
Row Heading Description Hello-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the hello packets. LSR-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the link state request packets. Other-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the link state acknowledgement, database description, and update packets. The following describes the error definitions for the show ip ospf statistics process-id global command.
PAGE 1175
OSPF Packet Count Total Error Hello DDiscr LSReq LSUpd LSAck RX 10 0 8 2 0 0 0 TX 10 0 10 0 0 0 0 OSPF Global Queue Length TxQ-Len RxQ-Len Hello-Q 0 0 LSR-Q 0 0 Other-Q 0 0 Tx-Mark 0 0 0 Rx-Mark 2 0 0 Error packets (Only for RX) Intf-Down Wrong-Len Auth-Err Version No-Buffer Q-OverFlow 0 0 0 0 0 0 Non-Dr Invld-Nbr MD5-Err AreaMis Seq-No Unkown-Pkt 0 0 0 0 0 0 Self-Org 0 Nbr-State 0 Chksum 0 Conf-Issues 0 Socket 0 Error packets (Only for TX) Socket Errors Dell# 0 Usage Information The show ip ospf
PAGE 1176
Dell(conf-if-te-1/6/1)# Related Commands • clear ip ospf statistics — clear the packet statistics in all interfaces and neighbors. show ip ospf timers rate-limit Show the LSA currently in the queue waiting for timers to expire. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example show ip ospf [process-id] timers rate-limit process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1177
show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show ip ospf [process-id] topology process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. None • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.
PAGE 1178
1.1.1.1 Dell# E/-/-/ 1 10.0.0.1 Gi 7/1 1 summary-address To advertise one external route, set the OSPF ASBR. Syntax summary-address ip-address mask [not-advertise] [tag tag-value] To disable summary address, use the no summary-address ip-address mask command. Parameters ip-address Specify the IP address in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize. mask Specify the mask in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize.
PAGE 1179
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The area range command summarizes routes for the different areas. With the not-advertise parameter configured, you can use this command to filter out some external routes. For example, if you want to redistribute static routes to OSPF, but you don't want OSPF to advertise routes with prefix 1.1.0.0, you can configure the summary-address 1.1.0.0 255.255.0.
PAGE 1180
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1181
Defaults • start-interval: 0 msec • hold-interval: 5000 msec • max-interval: 5000 msec Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1182
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1183
The range is from 256 to 4294967295. MD5 | SHA1 Authentication type: Message Digest 5 (MD5) or Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1). key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. The values are 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted).
PAGE 1184
The configuration of IPsec authentication on an interface-level takes precedence over an area-level configuration. If you remove an interface configuration, an area authentication policy that has been configured is applied to the interface. To remove an IPsec authentication policy from an OSPFv3 area, enter the no area area-id authentication spi number command. Related Commands • ipv6 ospf authentication – configure an IPsec authentication policy on an OSPFv3 interface.
PAGE 1185
3DES - 48 or 96 hex digits; DES - 16 or 32 hex digits; AESCBC -32 or 64 hex digits for AES-128 and 48 or 96 hex digits for AES-192. authenticationalgorithm Specifies the authentication algorithm to use for encryption. Valid values are MD5 or SHA1. key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the authentication key is encrypted. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). key Text string used in authentication.
PAGE 1186
An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. When you configure encryption for an OSPFv3 area with the area encryption command, you enable both IPsec encryption and authentication. However, when you enable authentication on an area with the area authentication command, you do not enable encryption at the same time.
PAGE 1187
Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. debug ipv6 ospf bfd Display debug information and interface types for bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) on OSPF IPv6 packets.
PAGE 1188
Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. Usage Information The following section describes the command fields. Example 1188 Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
PAGE 1189
debug ipv6 ospf packet Display debug information and interface types on OSPF IPv6 packets. Syntax Parameters debug ipv6 ospf {packet | events} [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1190
Router ID:223.255.255.254, Area ID:0, Inst:0, on Po 255 05:21:03 : OSPFv3: Received, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.255, Area ID:0, Chksum:a177, Inst:0, from Vl 100 05:20:25 : OSPFv3: Sending, Ver:3, Type:4(LS Update), Len:580, Router ID:223.255.255.254, Area ID:0, Inst:0, on Vl 1000 07:21:40 : OSPFv3: Received, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.
PAGE 1191
Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to specify that default route information must always be advertised. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to configure a metric value for the route. The range is from 1 to 16777214. metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes.
PAGE 1192
To disable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter no graceful-restart graceperiod. Parameters seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPFv3 terminates the process. The range is from 40 to 1800 seconds. Defaults OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions in a helper-only role. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1193
To disable graceful restart mode, enter no graceful-restart mode. Parameters planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only. unplanned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords unplanned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in an unplanned restart condition only. Defaults OSPFv3 graceful restart supports both planned and unplanned failures.
PAGE 1194
ipv6 ospf area Enable IPv6 OSPF on an interface. Syntax ipv6 ospf process id areaarea id To disable OSPFv6 routing for an interface, use the no ipv6 ospf process-id area area-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the process identification number. area area-id Specify the OSPF area. The range is from 0 to 65535. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1195
MD5 | SHA1 Authentication type: Message Digest 5 (MD5) or Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1). key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1196
Related Commands • area authentication – configure an IPsec authentication policy for an OSPFv3 area. • show crypto ipsec policy – display the configuration of IPsec authentication policies. • show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 – display the security associations set up for OSPFv3 interfaces in authentication policies. ipv6 ospf cost Explicitly specify the cost of sending a packet on an interface.
PAGE 1197
• Ethernet — Default cost is 10 ipv6 ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the time interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router down. Syntax ipv6 ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf dead-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. Defaults 40 seconds (Ethernet).
PAGE 1198
ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf encryption {null | ipsec spi number esp encryptionalgorithm [key-encryption-type] key athentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key}} null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1199
For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.
PAGE 1200
ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject Configure an OSPFv3 interface to not act upon the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. Syntax ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject To disable the helper-reject role, enter no ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject. Defaults The helper-reject role is not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1201
To return to the default time interval, enter no ipv6 ospf hello—interval. Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds as the time between hello packets. The range is from 1 to 65525 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1202
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1203
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths.
PAGE 1204
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. max-metric router-lsa Configure the maximum cost of 65535 on a new router so that it functions as a stub router in the network and OSPF traffic destined to other networks is not forwarded on a path through the router.
PAGE 1205
Usage Information When you bring a new router onto an OSPF network, you can configure the router to function as a stub router by globally reconfiguring the OSPF link cost so that other routers do not use a path that forwards traffic destined to other networks through the new router for a specified time until the router’s switching and routing functions are up and running, and the routing tables in network routers have converged.
PAGE 1206
Link State ID: 2.1.1.1 Advertising Router: 2.1.1.1 LS Seq Number: 80000005 Checksum: 0x9F5D Length: 48 Number of Links: 2 passive-interface Disable (suppress) sending routing updates on an interface. Syntax passive—interface interface To enable sending routing updates on an interface, use the no passiveinterface interface command.
PAGE 1207
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information By default, no interfaces are passive. Routing updates are sent to all interfaces on which the routing protocol is enabled.
PAGE 1208
static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. metric metricvalue Enter the keyword metric then the metric value. The range is from 0 to 16777214. The default is 20. metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • 1 for a type 1 external route • 2 for a type 2 external route The default is 2.
PAGE 1209
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (x:x:x:x::x), use the default-information originate command. Related Commands • default-information originate – configure default external route into OSPFv3. router-id Designate a fixed router ID. Syntax router-id ip-address To return to the previous router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command.
PAGE 1210
Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address for each router. However, each router ID must be unique. If this command is used on an OSPFv3 process that is already active (has neighbors), all the neighbor adjacencies are brought down immediately and new sessions are initiated with the new router ID. Related Commands • clear ipv6 ospf process – reset an OSPFv3 router process. show crypto ipsec policy Display the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies.
PAGE 1211
Related Commands show crypto ipsec sa ipv6– displays the IPsec security associations used on OSPFv3 interfaces.
PAGE 1212
Field Description Transform set The set of security protocols and algorithms used in the policy. Inbound AH SPI and Outbound AH SPI The authentication header (AH) security policy index (SPI) for inbound and outbound links. Inbound AH Key and Outbound AH Key The AH key for inbound and outbound links. show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces.
PAGE 1213
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information The show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 command output displays security associations set up for OSPFv3 links in IPsec authentication and encryption policies on the router.
PAGE 1214
transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Command Fields Field Description Interface IPv6 interface Link local address IPv6 address of interface IPSecv6 policy name Name of the IPsec security policy applied to the interface.
PAGE 1215
NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. databasesummary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords database-summary to view a summary of database LSA information. grace-lsa (OPTIONAL): Enter the keywords grace-lsa to display the Type-11 Grace LSAs sent and received on an OSPFv3 router. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1216
Advertising Router : 100.1.1.1 LS Seq Number : 0x80000001 Checksum : 0x1DF1 Length : 36 Associated Interface : Te 1/3/1 Restart Interval : 180 Restart Reason : Switch to Redundant Processor Example (databasesummary) Dell# show ipv6 ospf 3 database database-summary OSPFv3 Router with ID (1.1.1.
PAGE 1217
show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] [interface] process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1218
Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Added support for showing BFD status on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you enable BFD at the global level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD provisioning. If you enable BFD at the interface level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD interval timers.
PAGE 1219
interface Defaults None Command Modes EXEC (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1220
Dell# timers spf Set the time interval between when the switch receives a topology change and starts a shortest path first (SPF) calculation. Syntax timers spf delay holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers spf command. Parameters Defaults delay Enter a number as the delay. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 5 seconds. holdtime Enter a number as the hold time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 10 seconds.
PAGE 1221
Policy-based Routing (PBR) 37 Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1222
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can apply any number of redirect-groups to an interface. A redirect list can contain any number of configured rules. These rules includes the next-hop IP address where the incoming traffic is to be redirected.
PAGE 1223
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 6.5.3.0 Introduced on the E-Series. permit Configure a permit rule. A permit rule excludes the matching packets from PBR classification and routes them using conventional routing.
PAGE 1224
any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then he IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
PAGE 1225
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. redirect Configure a rule for the redirect list. Syntax redirect {ip-address | slot/port} | tunnel tunnel-id}[track ] {ip-protocol-number | protocol-type [bit]} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator] To remove this filter, use one of the following: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 1226
bit (OPTIONAL) For the TCP protocol type only, enter one or a combination of the following TCP flags: • ack = acknowledgement • fin = finish (no more data from the user) • psh = push function • rst = reset the connection • syn = synchronize sequence number • urg = urgent field source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter.
PAGE 1227
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. seq Configure a filter with an assigned sequence number for the redirect list.
PAGE 1228
• • ip for any internet protocol • tcp for transmission control protocol • udp for user datagram protocol source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
PAGE 1229
destination-portrange Enter the keywords destination-port-range then the range of the start port to end port to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule. Defaults none Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 1230
Command History Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Usage Information The show cam pbr command displays the PBR CAM content.
PAGE 1231
Example Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Dell# show ip redirect-list explicit_tunnel IP redirect-list explicit_tunnel: Defined as: seq 5 redirect tunnel 1 track 1 tcp 155.55.2.0/24 222.22.2.0/24, Track 1 [up], Next-hop reachable (via Te 1/32/1) seq 10 redirect tunnel 1 track 1 tcp any any, Track 1 [up], Next-hop reachable (via Te 1/32/1) seq 15 redirect tunnel 2 udp 155.55.0.0/16 host 144.144.144.
PAGE 1232
38 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the platform. The following describes the IPv4 PIM-SIM commands. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1233
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This command re-applies the RP mapping logic for all the groups learnt by the node. Any stale information corresponding to the existing mapping configuration is updated.
PAGE 1234
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information If you use this command on a local VLT node, all multicast routes from the local PIM TIB, the entire multicast route table, and all the entries in the data plane are deleted. The local VLT node sends a request to the peer VLT node to download multicast routes learned by the peer.
PAGE 1235
• out: to view outgoing packets register (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register to view PIM register address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view PIM state changes. timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers.
PAGE 1236
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1237
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1238
To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1239
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to permit or deny PIM join or prune messages on an interface associated with that VRF. ext-access-list Enter the name of an extended access list. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL filter to in-bound traffic. out Enterthe keyword out to apply the ACL filter to out-bound traffic. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1240
ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature. Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] neighbor-filter {access-list} To remove the restriction, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] neighborfilter {access-list} command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to prevent that VRF from participating in PIM. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to default VRF.
PAGE 1241
ip pim query-interval Change the frequency of PIM Router-Query messages. Syntax ip pim query-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip pim query-interval seconds command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the number of seconds between router query messages. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1242
To return to the default, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] registerfilter access-list command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. access-list Enter the name of an extended access list. Maximum 16 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1243
To remove an RP address, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-address address {group-address group-address mask} [override] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. address Enter the RP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 1244
The RP is chosen based on a longer prefix match for a group. The RP selection does not depend on dynamic or static RP assignments. ip pim rp-candidate To send out a Candidate-RP-Advertisement message to the bootstrap (BS) router or define group prefixes that are defined with the RP address to PIM BSR, configure a PIM router. Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-candidate {interface [priority]} To return to the default value, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rpcandidate {interface [priority]} command.
PAGE 1245
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1246
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. Usage Information The interface must be enabled (the no shutdown command) and not have the switchport command configured. Multicast must also be enabled globally (using the ip multicast-lag-hashing command). PIM is supported on the portchannel interface. ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer Enable expiry timers globally for all sources.
PAGE 1247
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. 7.7.1.1 Introduced Usage Information This command configures an expiration timer for all S.G entries, unless they are assigned to an Extended ACL.
PAGE 1248
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1249
To return to the default value, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] sptthreshold [infinity] command. Parameters value (OPTIONAL) Enter the traffic value in kilobits per second. The default is 10 packets per second . A value of zero (0) causes a switchover on the first packet. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure the PIM router on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
PAGE 1250
NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1251
NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1252
Field Description Query Intvl Displays the query interval for Router Query messages on that interface (configured with ip pim query-interval command). DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (use the ip pim dr-priority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface. The show ip pim interface command does not display information corresponding to the loop-back interfaces.
PAGE 1253
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim neighbor command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1254
show ip pim rp View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example 1254 show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp [mapping | group-address] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt.
PAGE 1255
229.1.2.2 Dell# 165.87.20.4 Example (Mapping) Dell# show ip pim rp mapping PIM Group-to-RP Mappings Group(s): 224.0.0.0/4, Static RP: 50.40.4.4, v2 Dell# Example (Address) Dell# show ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 Dell# show ip pim ssm-range Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. Syntax show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] ssm-range Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1256
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Group Address / MaskLen show ip pim summary View information about PIM-SM operation. Syntax Parameters show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] summary vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1257
Uptime 22:44:52 Entries in PIM-TIB/MFC : 2/2 Active Modes : PIM-SNOOPING Interface 1 0 3 summary: active PIM interface passive PIM interfaces active PIM neighbors TIB summary: 1/1 (*,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 1/1 (S,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0/0 (S,G,Rpt) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0 0 0 0 PIM nexthops RPs sources Register states Message summary: 2582/2583 Joins sent/received 5/0 Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 State-Refresh messages sent
PAGE 1258
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1259
Field Example Description • J = first packet from the last hop router is received and the entry is ready to switch to SPT • K = acknowledge pending state Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interface towards the RP/ source. RPF neighbor Displays the next hop from this interface towards the RP/ source.
PAGE 1260
39 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). • The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1261
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 1262
Example Dell(conf)#monitor multicast-queue 7 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500, S6000-ON.
PAGE 1263
set ip ttl Configures the IP time-to-live (TTL) value of the Encapsulated Remote Switched Port Analyzer (ERSPAN) traffic. To revert to the default configuration, use the no form of this command. ttl_value IP TTL value of the ERSPAN traffic. The range is from 1 to 255. The default value is 255. drop Monitors only the dropped packets in the Ingress. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1264
• show running-config monitor session — displays the running configuration of a monitor session. rate-limit Configure the rate-limit to limit the mirrored packets. Syntax rate-limit limit To remove the limit, use the no rate-limit limit command. Parameters limit Enter the rate-limit value. The range is from 0 to 40000 Megabits per second. Defaults 60 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1265
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1266
• Command History Example Related Commands 1266 EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.0 Added support for the RPM / ERPM. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1267
show running-config monitor session Display the running configuration of all monitor sessions or a specific session. Syntax show running-config monitor session {session-ID} To display the running configuration for all monitor sessions, use the show running-config monitor session command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. The range from 0 to 65535. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1268
monitor multicast-queue 7 Dell# Related Commands • monitor session — creates a monitoring session. • show monitor session — displays a monitoring session. source (port monitoring) Configure a port monitor source. Syntax source {interface | range | any} destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} To disable a monitor source, use the no source interface destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} command.
PAGE 1269
interface direction {rx | tx | both} • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1270
Example 1270 Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the any parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.0 Added support for Source and destination. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1271
Private VLAN (PVLAN) 40 The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking OS is supported on the platforms. Private VLANs extend the Dell Networking OS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The Dell Networking OS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, see the following commands.
PAGE 1272
• Isolated port — an isolated port is a port that, in Layer 2, can only communicate with promiscuous ports that are in the same PVLAN. • Promiscuous port — a promiscuous port is a port that is allowed to communicate with any other port type. • Trunk port — a trunk port carries VLAN traffic across switches: – A trunk port in a PVLAN is always tagged. – A trunk port in Tagged mode carries primary or secondary VLAN traffic. The tag on the packet helps identify the VLAN to which the packet belongs.
PAGE 1273
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. • private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — maps secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. • show arp — displays the ARP table.
PAGE 1274
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The VLAN: • can be in only one mode, either community, isolated, or primary.
PAGE 1275
Parameters vlan-list Enter the list of secondary VLANs to associate with the selected primary VLAN. The list can be in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format, following the convention for the range input. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1276
switchport mode private-vlan Set PVLAN mode of the selected port. Syntax [no] switchport mode private-vlan {host | promiscuous | trunk} To remove PVLAN mode from the selected port, use the no switchport mode private-vlan command. Parameters host Enter the keyword host to configure the selected port or port channel as an isolated interface in a PVLAN. promiscuous Enter the keyword promiscuous to configure the selected port or port channel as an promiscuous interface.
PAGE 1277
Dell(conf)# interface TenGigabitEthernet 2/2/1 Dell(conf-if-te-2/2/1)# switchport mode private-vlan host Dell(conf)# interface TenGigabitEthernet 2/3/1 Dell(conf-if-te-2/3/1)# switchport mode private-vlan trunk Dell(conf)# interface port-channel 10 Dell(conf-if-te-2/3/1)# switchport mode private-vlan promiscuous Dell(conf-if-te-2/3/1)# Related Commands Private VLAN (PVLAN) • private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary.
PAGE 1278
Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) 41 The Dell Networking OS implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. Dell Networking OS supports PVST+ on the platform. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line. description Enter a description of the PVST+. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1279
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre- 7.7.1.1 Introduced. • protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1280
Related Commands • protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter PVST+ mode. extend system-id To augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN, use extend system ID. If the VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ does not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in Forwarding state. Syntax extend system-id Defaults Disabled Command Modes PROTOCOL PVST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1281
128.140 Te 1/12/1 128.142 128 128.142 200000 DIS 0 32773 0001.e832.73f7 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge -------------------------------------------------------Te 1/10/1 Desg 128.140 128 200000 FWD 0 P2P No Te 1/12/1 Dis 128.142 128 200000 DIS 0 P2P No Dell(conf-pvst)# Related Commands • protocol spanning-tree pvst – enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. protocol spanning-tree pvst To enable PVST+ on a device, enter the PVST+ mode.
PAGE 1282
Example Dell# conf Dell(conf)# protocol spanning-tree pvst Dell(conf-pvst)# no disable Dell(conf-pvst)# vlan 2 bridge-priority 4096 Dell(conf-pvst)# vlan 3 bridge-priority 16384 Dell(conf-pvst)# Dell(conf-pvst)# show config ! protocol spanning-tree pvst no disable vlan 2 bridge-priority 4096 vlan 3 bridge-priority 16384 Dell# Usage Information After you enable PVST+, the device runs an STP instance for each VLAN it supports. Related Commands • disable — disables PVST+.
PAGE 1283
• guard Defaults Command Modes Command History For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number: (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on a PVST interface and the current port state. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1284
Example (Brief) Field Description Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard). Dell# show spanning-tree pvst vlan 3 brief VLAN 3 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 4096, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 16384, Address 0001.e805.
PAGE 1285
Designated port id is 128.131, designated path cost 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU sent 1567, received 0 The port is not in the Edge port mode Port 146 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/16/1) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.146 Designated root has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated bridge has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1286
Te 1/2/1 5 Te 1/3/1 5 Dell# Related Commands • FWD EDS(Shut) Loopguard Bpduguard spanning-tree pvst — configure PVST+ on an interface. spanning-tree pvst Configure a PVST+ interface with one of these settings: edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port disablement if an error condition occurs, port priority or cost for a VLAN range, loop guard, or root guard.
PAGE 1287
• Port Channel interface with one 1 Gigabit Ethernet = 20000. • Port Channel interface with one 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 2000. • Port Channel with two 1 Gigabit Ethernet = 18000. • Port Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 1800. • Port Channel with two 100 Mbps Ethernet = 180000. priority value Enter the keyword priority then the Port priority value in increments of 16. The range is from 0 to 240. The default is 128.
PAGE 1288
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced. Usage Information The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack. This option places the port into the Error Disable state if a BPDU appears, and a message is logged so that the administrator can take corrective action. NOTE: A port configured as an edge port, on a PVST switch, immediately transitions to the forwarding state.
PAGE 1289
spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1290
tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1291
To return to the default value, use the no vlan bridge-priority command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. bridge-priority value Enter the keywords bridge-priority then the bridge priority value in increments of 4096. The range is from 0 to 61440. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1292
vlan forward-delay Set the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state. Syntax vlan vlan-range forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no vlan forward-delay command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1293
• show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan hello-time Set the time interval between generation of PVST+ 7 BPDUs. Syntax vlan vlan-range hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no vlan hello-time command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. hello-time seconds Enter the keywords hello-time then the time interval, in seconds, between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds.
PAGE 1294
Related Commands • vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. • vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the forwarding state. • vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. • show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the PVST+ bridge.
PAGE 1295
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. • vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. • vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the forwarding state. • vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. • show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
PAGE 1296
Quality of Service (QoS) 42 The Dell Networking OS commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are not universally supported on all Dell Networking products. platform. Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command. qos-rate-adjust By default, while rate limiting, policing, and shaping, Dell Networking OS does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields.
PAGE 1297
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations.
PAGE 1298
service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value. Syntax Parameters Defaults service-class dot1p-mapping {dot1p0 queue | dot1p1 queue | dot1p2 queue | dot1p3 queue | dot1p4 queue| dot1p5 queue | dot1p6 queue | dot1p7 queue} queue Enter a value from 0 to 7. For each dot1p Priority, the default CoS queue value is: • Dot1p Priority : 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 • Queue : 1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1299
Defaults Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 1300
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1301
Defaults Granularity for commited-rate and peak-rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1302
Parameters kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Enter the value in multiples of 64. The range is from 0 to 100000000. The default granularity is Megabits per second (Mbps). rate The range is from 10 to 40000. burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is from 0 to 10000. The default is 50. Defaults Granularity for rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1303
Related Commands • rate-shape — shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy. service-class dynamic dot1p Honor all 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on an interface (from INTERFACE mode) or on all interfaces (from CONFIGURATION mode). A CONFIGURATION mode entry supersedes an INTERFACE mode entry. Syntax service-class dynamic dot1p To return to the default setting, use the no service-class dynamic dot1p command.
PAGE 1304
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and SSeries. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the command to permit configuration on port channels. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To honor all incoming 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on the interface, enter this command.
PAGE 1305
Parameters percentage Enter the percentage assignment of bandwidth to the class/ queue. The range is from 1 to 100% (granularity 1%). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 1306
Command History Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 platform Usage Information Only the software-based trigger for retrieving and calculating the snapshots of the statistical counters of the buffer space is supported.
PAGE 1307
layer2 Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1308
• match mac dot1p — configures a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value. • match mac vlan — configures a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. • service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues. • show qos class-map — views the current class map information. clear qos statistics Clear qos statistics clears statistics from show qos statistics.
PAGE 1309
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.18.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • show qos statistics — displays the QoS statistics. description Add a description to the selected policy map or QoS policy. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1310
Related Commands Version Description pre- 7.7.1.0 Introduced. • policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. • policy-map-output — creates an output policy map. • qos-policy-input — creates an input QoS-policy on the router. • qos-policy-output — creates an output QoS-policy on the router. • wred-profile — creates a WRED profile. match ip access-group Configure match criteria for a class map, based on the access control list (ACL). NOTE: IPv6 class-maps and IP-any class-maps do not match.
PAGE 1311
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series; added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1312
set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The matched traffic is marked with the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1313
Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map. match ip precedence Use IP precedence values as a match criteria. Syntax match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [setip-dscp value] To remove IP precedence as a match criteria, use the no match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic.
PAGE 1314
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast . Added support for the DSCP Marking option for the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command.
PAGE 1315
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1316
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
PAGE 1317
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. You can match against only one VLAN ID. Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps. An aggregate QoS policy is part of the policy map (output) applied on an interface.
PAGE 1318
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information An aggregate output QoS policy applies to all outbound port traffic. An aggregate output QoS policy can coexist with per-queue output QoS policies. If the rate shape exists in both aggregate and per-queue qos-policy, minimum of 2 take effect. Some of all Queue-rate will not exceed aggregate. Related Commands • policy-map-input — creates an input policy map.
PAGE 1319
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Expanded to add support for Layer 2. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1320
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1321
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1322
Parameters qos-policy-name Enter your output QoS policy name in character format (32 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1323
Parameters kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Make the following value a multiple of 64. The range is from 0 to 100000000. The default granularity is Megabits per second (Mbps). committed-rate Enter the bandwidth in Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000. burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is from 16 to 200000. The default is 100. peak peak-rate (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peak then a number to specify the peak rate in Mbps.
PAGE 1324
• qos-policy-input — creates a QoS output policy. rate-shape Shape traffic output as part of the designated policy. Syntax Parameters rate-shape [kbps | pps] peak-rate [burst-kbps | burst-packets] commited [kbps | pps] commited-rate [burst-kbps | burstpackets] pps Enter the keyword pps to specify the rate limit in packets per second (pps). kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Make the following value a multiple of 64. The range is from 0 to 100000000.
PAGE 1325
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information On 40-port 10G stack-unit if the traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured.You must configure the peak rate and peak burst size using the same value: kilobits or packets per second. Similarly, you must configure the committed rate and committed burst size with the same measurement.
PAGE 1326
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Expanded to add support for Layer 2. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1327
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1328
NOTE: This option is available under policy-mapinput only. qos-policy qospolicy-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords qos-policy then the QoS policy name assigned to the queue in text format (32 characters maximum). This specifies the input QoS policy assigned to the queue under policy-map-input and output QoS policy under policy-map-output context. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-policy-map-in and conf-policy-map-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1329
set Mark outgoing traffic with a differentiated service code point (DSCP) or dot1p value. Syntax Parameters set {ip-dscp value | mac-dot1p value} ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. mac-dot1p value Enter the keywords mac-dot1p then the dot1p value. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-in) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1330
show qos class-map View the current class map information. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example show qos class-map [class-name] class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 1331
show qos policy-map View the QoS policy map information. Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map {summary [interface] | detail} summary interface detail Defaults Command Modes Command History Quality of Service (QoS) To view a policy map interface summary, enter the keyword summary and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1332
Example (IPv4) Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series only: Added trust IPv6 diffserv . 6.2.1.
PAGE 1333
Example (Summary Dell# show qos policy-map summary IPv4) Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 4/1/1 PM1 Te 4/2/1 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Quality of Service (QoS) show qos policy-map-input [policy-map-name] [class class-mapname] [qos-policy-input qos-policy-name] policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. class class-mapname Enter the keyword class then the class map name.
PAGE 1334
Example Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show qos policy-map-input Policy-map-input PolicyMapInput Aggregate Qos-policy-name AggPolicyIn Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 ClassMap1 qosPolicyInput Dell# Example Dell# show qos policy-map-input Policy-map-input pmap1 Trust ipv6-diffserv Queue# Class-map-name 0 c0 1 c1 2 c2 3 c3 4 c4 5 c5 6 c6 7 c7 Dell# Qos-policy-name q0 q1 q2 q3 q4 q6 q7 show qos policy-map-output View the output QoS policy map details.
PAGE 1335
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1336
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show qos qos-policy-input Qos-policy-input QosInput Rate-police 100 50 peak 100 50 Dscp 32 Dell# show qos qos-policy-output View the output QoS policy details.
PAGE 1337
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show qos qos-policy-output Qos-policy-output qosOut Rate-limit 50 50 peak 50 50 Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 Dell# show qos statistics View QoS statistics.
PAGE 1338
interface Defaults Command Modes Command History 1338 • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1339
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1340
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1341
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information You can configure all the data queues. You can configure queues 0-7. The following table describes the mapping between the threshold weight of the shared buffer on the queue.
PAGE 1342
Parameters policy-map Enter the policy map name. stack-unitnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack-unit slot number. port-set portpipe number Enter the keywords port-set then the stack-unit port pipe number. The range is from 0 or 1. stack-unit all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-unit all to indicate all stack-unit. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1343
Field Description NOTE: The CAM entries reserved for the default rules are not included in the Available CAM column; free entries, from the default rules space, cannot be used as a policy map for the classification rules. Estimated CAM per Port Indicates the number of free CAM entries required (for the classification rules) to apply the input policy map on a single interface.
PAGE 1344
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (config-wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1345
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-policy-map-in) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1346
DSCP/CP hex Range (XXX) DSCP Definition Traditional IP Precedenc e S6000 Internal Queue ID S-Series Internal Queue ID DSCP/CP Decimal 100XXX AF4 (Assured Forwarding ) Flash Override 4 2 32–47 011XXX AF3 Flash 3 1 16–31 010XXX AF2 Immediate 2 1 16–31 001XXX AF1 Priority 1 0 0–15 000XXX BE (Best Effort) Best Effort 0 0 0–15 wred Designate the WRED profile to yellow or green traffic.
PAGE 1347
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To assign drop precedence to green or yellow traffic, use this command.
PAGE 1348
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you enable wred ecn, and the number of packets in the queue is below the minimum threshold, packets are transmitted per the usual WRED treatment.
PAGE 1349
Command History Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000 platforms Usage Information If the average queue size is more than the maximum threshold of WRED, the packet is dropped. If the average queue size is between the minimum and maximum threshold values, the decision to drop or queue the packet is taken based on the packet drop probability.
PAGE 1350
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Use the default pre-defined profiles or configure your own profile. You cannot delete the pre-defined profiles or their default values.
PAGE 1351
peak burst is regarded as the same value as the configured committed burst size. Packets (OPTIONAL) Enter the committed burst size as a count of packets. The range is from 1 to 1073000. The default is 50 packets. The default peak rate is regarded as the same value as the configured committed rate. peak-rate Define the peak rate, which is the guaranteed or minimum confirmed rate for the packets. Specify this value as a multiple of 64 if you specify the peak rate in Kbps.
PAGE 1352
Usage Information If you specify the pps keyword after the rate-shape command, the peak rate, peak burst, committed rate and committed burst are all considered to be values as a measure of packets. If you do not specify the pps or kbps keyword, the peak and committed rate settings are considered to be values in Mbps. Similarly, if you enter the kbps keyword, the peak and committed rate settings are treated as values in Kbps.
PAGE 1353
wred Specify WRED curve parameters for a queue. green Specify green (low) drop precedence to a queue. weight Specify a weight factor to a queue. yellow Specify yellow (medium) drop precedence to a queue. pool0 Service-pool buffer 1 (default service-pool for PFC traffic) . pool1 Service-pool buffer 0 (default service-pool for both lossy and lossless traffic. traffic). number Enter a weight for the queue as a number in the range of 1 to 15.
PAGE 1354
DSCP Color Map Commands The DSCP color map allows you to set the number of specific DSCP values to yellow or red. Traffic marked as yellow delivers traffic to the egress queue which will either transmit the packet if it has available bandwidth or drop the packet due to no ability to send. Traffic marked as red (high drop precedence) is dropped. dscp Sets the number of specific DSCP values for a color map profile to yellow or red.
PAGE 1355
The default setting for each DSCP value (0-63) is green (low drop precedence). This command allows setting the number of specific DSCP values to yellow or red. Important Points to Remember • All DSCP values that are not specified as yellow or red are colored green. • A DSCP value cannot be in both the yellow and red lists. Setting the red or yellow list with any DSCP value that is already in the other list results in an error and no update to that list is made.
PAGE 1356
Usage Information A color map outlines the codepoint mappings to the appropriate color mapping (green, yellow, red) for the traffic. The system uses this information use to handle the traffic on the interface based on the traffic priority and places it into the appropriate shaping queue. You cannot delete a DSCP color map when it is configured on an interface. If you do, all the DSCP values are set to green (low drop precedence).
PAGE 1357
Example The following example assigns the color map, bat-enclave-map, to interface te 1/11/1. Dell(conf)# int te 1/11/1 Dell(conf-if-te-1/11/1)# qos dscp-color-policy bat-enclave-map Dell(conf-if-te-1/11/1)# Related Commands • dscp— sets the number of specific DSCP values for color map profile to yellow or red. • qos dscp-color-map— configures the DSCP color map. show qos dscp-color-policy Display DSCP color policy configuration for one or all interfaces.
PAGE 1358
show qos dscp-color-map Display the DSCP color map for one or all interfaces. Syntax Parameters show qos dscp-color-map map-name map-name Enter the name of the color map. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1359
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) 43 Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking OS supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on the platform. The Dell Networking OS implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, see the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. auto-summary Restore the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network routes.
PAGE 1360
Version Description pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip rip Update all the RIP routes in the Dell Networking OS routing table. Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1361
debug ip rip Examine RIP routing information for troubleshooting. Syntax debug ip rip [interface | database | events [interface] | trigger] To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and ID as one of the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1362
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. default-information originate Generate a default route for the RIP traffic.
PAGE 1363
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1364
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1365
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • router rip — enters ROUTER mode on the switch.
PAGE 1366
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1367
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1368
distribute-list out Configure a filter for outgoing routing updates. Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [interface | bgp | connected | isis |ospf | static] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list.
PAGE 1369
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1370
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • ip split-horizon — sets the RIP routing updates to exclude routing prefixes.
PAGE 1371
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you want the interface to receive both versions of RIP, use the ip rip receive version 1 2 command.
PAGE 1372
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1373
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • ip poison-reverse — sets the prefix for RIP routing updates. maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths.
PAGE 1374
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information RIP supports a maximum of 16 ECMP paths. neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information.
PAGE 1375
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When a neighbor router is identified, unicast data exchanges occur. Multiple neighbor routers are possible. To ensure that only specific interfaces are receiving and sending data, use the passive-interface command with the neighbor command.
PAGE 1376
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can enable an unlimited number of RIP networks. RIP operates over interfaces configured with any address the network command specifies.
PAGE 1377
• For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1378
output-delay Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor. Syntax output-delay delay To return to the switch software defaults for interpacket delay, use the no output-delay command. Parameters delay Specify a number of milliseconds as the delay interval. The range is from 8 to 50. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1379
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface. Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1380
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface still includes in RIP updates sent using other interfaces. Related Commands • neighbor — enables RIP for a specified network.
PAGE 1381
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Related Commands • default-information originate — generates a default route for RIP traffic.
PAGE 1382
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre- 6.2.1.
PAGE 1383
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 1384
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable RIP, assign a network address using the network command.
PAGE 1385
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-router_rip)# show config ! router rip network 172.31.0.0 passive-interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/1 Dell(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns.
PAGE 1386
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip rip database command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1387
show running-config rip Display the current RIP configuration. Syntax show running-config rip Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1388
timers basic Manipulate the RIP timers for routing updates, invalid, holddown times, and flush time. Syntax timers basic update invalid holddown flush To return to the default settings, use the no timers basic command. Parameters Defaults update Enter the number of seconds to specify the rate at which RIP routing updates are sent. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1389
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you change the timers on one router, also synchronize the timers on all routers in the RIP domain. version Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2.
PAGE 1390
Related Commands 1390 Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version the interface receives. • ip rip send version — sets the RIP version the interface sends.
PAGE 1391
Remote Monitoring (RMON) 44 The Dell Networking OS remote monitoring (RMON) is implemented on the platform. Dell Networking OS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1392
To disable the alarm, use the no rmon alarm number command. Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds.
PAGE 1393
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1394
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (config-if) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1395
Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (config-if) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 1396
addition to the SNMP traps, this option also generates a syslog. description string (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword description then a string describing the event. owner name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner then the name of the owner of this event. Defaults As noted in the Parameters section. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1397
Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable The MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 The object type must be a 64-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables.
PAGE 1398
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show rmon Display the RMON running status including the memory usage. Syntax show rmon Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1399
Example Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show rmon RMON status total memory used 218840 bytes. ether statistics table: 8 entries, 4608 bytes ether history table: 8 entries, 6000 bytes alarm table: 390 entries, 102960 bytes high-capacity alarm table: 5 entries, 1680 bytes event table: 500 entries, 206000 bytes log table: 2 entries, 552 bytes Dell# show rmon alarms Display the contents of the RMON alarm table.
PAGE 1400
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell# show rmon alarm 1 RMON alarm entry 1 sample Interval: 5 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample type: absolute value. value: 255161 alarm type: rising or falling alarm.
PAGE 1401
show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. Syntax Parameters show rmon events [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1402
event status: OK RMON event entry 112 description: event type: LOG. event community: event last time sent: none event owner: event status: OK RMON event entry 113 description: event type: SNMP TRAP. event community: private event last time sent: none event owner: event status: OK RMON event entry 114 description: event type: LOG and SNMP TRAP.
PAGE 1403
show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. Syntax Parameters show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1404
alarm owner: alarm storage type: non-volatile. alarm status: OK Dell# Example (Brief) Dell# show rmon hc-alarm brief index SNMP OID ---------------------------------1 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 2 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 4 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 5 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 Dell# show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table. Syntax Parameters show rmon history [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry.
PAGE 1405
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Example (Brief) show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON log table. Syntax Parameters show rmon log [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON log table in an easy-to-read format.
PAGE 1406
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The log table has a maximum of 500 entries. If the log exceeds that maximum, the oldest log entry is purged to allow room for the new entry.
PAGE 1407
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1408
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 45 The Dell Networking OS implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. Dell Networking OS supports RSTP. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority for RSTP. Syntax bridge-priority priority-value To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command.
PAGE 1409
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
PAGE 1410
events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug RSTP events. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1411
Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-rstp”.) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1412
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch.
PAGE 1413
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. • max-age — changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs).
PAGE 1414
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the milli-second option to the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The hello time is encoded in BPDUs in increments of 1/256ths of a second. The standard minimum hello time in seconds is 1 second, which is encoded as 256.
PAGE 1415
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1416
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode. To enable RSTP globally on the system, use the no disable command from RSTP mode.
PAGE 1417
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-rstp)# show config ! protocol spanning-tree rstp no disable bridge-priority 16384 show spanning-tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show spanning-tree rstp [brief] [guard] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the RSTP configuration information.
PAGE 1418
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display the port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show spanning-tree rstp guard command shown in the following example. Example (Brief) Field Description Interface Name RSTP interface. Instance RSTP instance.
PAGE 1419
Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 We are the root Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID - ---- ------- --- ------- -------------------- -------Te 1/1/1 128.257 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e801.6aa8 128.257 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge --- ------ -------- ---- ------- --- ------- --------- ---Te 1/1/1 ErrDis 128.
PAGE 1420
• 100 Mb/s Ethernet interface = 200000 • 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 20000 • 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 2000 • Port Channel interface with one 100 Mb/s Ethernet = 200000 • Port Channel interface with one 1 Gigabit Ethernet = 20000 • Port Channel interface with one 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 2000 • Port Channel with two 1 Gigabit Ethernet = 18000 • Port Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 1800 • Port Channel with two 100 Mbps Ethernet = 180000 edge-port Enter the keywords edge-port t
PAGE 1421
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the CSeries, S-Series, and E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation options. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1422
! interface TenGigabitEthernet 4/1/1 no ip address switchport spanning-tree rstp edge-port no shutdown Dell# tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1423
46 Security The commands in this chapter are available on Dell Networking OS. For configuration details, see the Security section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. NOTE: Dell Networking OS implements LEAP with MSCHAP v2 supplicant. AAA Accounting Commands AAA Accounting enables tracking of services that users are accessing and the amount of network resources being consumed by those services.
PAGE 1424
• For name, enter a user-defined name of a list of accounting methods. • For default, the default accounting methods used. start-stop Enter the keywords start-stop to send a “start accounting” notice at the beginning of the requested event and a “stop accounting” notice at the end of the event. wait-start Enter the keywords wait-start to ensure that the TACACS + security server acknowledges the start notice before granting the user’s process request.
PAGE 1425
Usage Information In the example above, TACACS+ accounting is used to track all usage of EXEC command and commands on privilege level 15. Privilege level 15 is the default. If you want to track usage at privilege level 1 for example, use the aaa accounting command 1 command.
PAGE 1426
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Dell Networking OS issues accounting records for all users on the system, including users whose username string, due to protocol translation, is NULL. For example, a user who comes on line with the aaa authentication login method-list none command is applied.
PAGE 1427
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • aaa accounting — enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function.
PAGE 1428
When the RADIUS group is removed, the AAA configuration is also removed. Example show accounting Display the active accounting sessions for each online user. Syntax show accounting Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1429
Active accounted actions on tty5, User ad1 Priv 1 Role sysadmin Task ID 16, EXEC Accounting record, 00:00:04 Elapsed, service=shell Dell# Related Commands • aaa accounting — enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function. Authorization and Privilege Commands To set command line authorization and privilege levels, use the following commands. authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines.
PAGE 1430
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • aaa authorization commands — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands.
PAGE 1431
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1432
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information By default, the aaa authorization commands command configures the system to check both EXEC level and CONFIGURATION level commands.
PAGE 1433
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS. privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands.
PAGE 1434
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1435
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1436
Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, Z9500, MXL Usage Information By default, the service password-encryption command stores encrypted passwords. For greater security, you can also use the service obscurepasswords command to prevent a user from reading the passwords and keys, including RADIUS, TACACS+ keys, router authentication strings, VRRP authentication by obscuring this information.
PAGE 1437
Parameters default Enter the keyword default then the authentication methods to use as the default sequence of methods for the Enable login. The default is default enable. method-list-name Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) to name the list of enabled authentication methods activated at login. method Enter one of the following methods: ... method2 • enable: use the password the enable password command defines in CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 1438
Usage Information By default, the Enable password is used. If you configure aaa authentication enable default, Dell Networking OS uses the methods defined for Enable access instead. Methods configured with the aaa authentication enable command are evaluated in the order they are configured. If authentication fails using the primary method, Dell Networking OS employs the second method (or third method, if necessary) automatically.
PAGE 1439
... method4 • radius: use the RADIUS servers configured with the radius-server host command. • tacacs+: use the TACACS+ servers configured with the tacacs-server host command. (OPTIONAL) Enter up to four additional methods. In the event of a “no response” from the first method, the system applies the next configured method (up to four configured methods). Defaults Not configured (that is, no authentication is performed). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1440
is applied. If the correct user name/password combination is not entered, the user is not allowed access to the switch. NOTE: If authentication fails using the primary method, Dell Networking OS employs the second method (or third method, if necessary) automatically. For example, if the TACACS+ server is reachable, but the server key is invalid, Dell Networking OS proceeds to the next authentication method. The TACACS+ is incorrect, but the user is still authenticated by the secondary method.
PAGE 1441
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • line — applies an authentication method list to the designated terminal lines. • ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on the IP address.
PAGE 1442
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1443
Enter 7 followed a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults Not configured. Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1444
encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 5 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 5 then a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults No password is configured. level = 15.
PAGE 1445
v ]e”. When the password is created, you do not use the CNTL + v key combination and enter “abcd]e”. NOTE: The question mark (?) and the tilde (~) are not supported characters. Related Commands • show running-config — views the current configuration. • privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — controls access to the command modes within the switch. login authentication To configure authentication for console or remote access, apply an authentication method list.
PAGE 1446
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you configure the aaa authentication login default command, the login authentication default command automatically is applied to all terminal lines.
PAGE 1447
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1448
max-retry number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-retry then the number of maximum password retries. The range is from 0 to 16. lockout-period minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lockout-period then the number of minutes. The range is from 1 to 1440 minutes. The default is 0 minutes and the lockout-period is not enabled. This parameter enhances the security of the switch by locking out sessions on the Telnet or SSH sessions for which there has been a consecutive failed login attempts.
PAGE 1449
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. In the following example, after 5 un-successful login attempts, the session (SSH/ TELNET) goes into a locked state for 5 minutes.
PAGE 1450
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information CAUTION: Encrypting passwords with this command does not provide a high level of security. When the passwords are encrypted, you cannot return them to plain text unless you re-configure them. To remove an encrypted password, use the no password password command.
PAGE 1451
Example Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show privilege Current privilege level is 15. Dell# Dell# show privilege Current privilege level is 14. Dell# Dell# show privilege Current privilege level is 10. Dell# Related Commands • privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — assign access control to different command modes. show users Allows you to view information on all users logged in to the switch.
PAGE 1452
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show user command shown in the following example. Example Related Commands Field Description (untitled) Indicates with an asterisk (*) which terminal line you are using. Line Displays the terminal lines currently in use. User Displays the user name of all users logged in.
PAGE 1453
Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the software waits before logging you out. The range is: • VTY — range is from 1 to 30 seconds, the default is 30 seconds. • Console — range is from 1 to 300 seconds, the default is 0 seconds (no timeout). • AUX — range is from 1 to 300 seconds, the default is 0 seconds (no timeout). Defaults See Parameters. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1454
If you do not want a specific user to enter a password, use the nopassword option. To delete authentication for a user, use the no username name command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. access-class access-list-name Enter the keywords access-class then the name of a configured access control list (either an IP access control list or MAC access control list). nopassword Enter the keyword nopassword to specify that the user should not enter a password.
PAGE 1455
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for the secret option and the MD5 password encryption. Extended the name from 25 to 63 characters. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1456
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1457
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1458
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1459
Related Commands • login authentication — sets the database to be checked when a user logs in. • radius-server key — sets an authentication key for RADIUS communications. • radius-server retransmit — sets the number of times the RADIUS server attempts to send information. • radius-server timeout — sets the time interval before the RADIUS server times out. radius-server host Configure a RADIUS server host.
PAGE 1460
Defaults Command Modes Command History Not configured. • RADIUS SERVER GROUP • CONFIGURATION This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1461
You must configure the RADIUS group explicitly with the aaa radius group command in order for the AAA servers to use the group of RADIUS servers. The 802.1x servers use the group of RADIUS servers based on the VRF where the 802.1x request is received. As a result, it is possible that both globally configured RADIUS servers as well as the group-configured RADIUS servers (without VRF or default VRF) are used for processing the 802.1x requests that are received at the default VRF.
PAGE 1462
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes RADIUS SERVER GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1463
radius-server key Configure a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server. Syntax radius-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a password, use the no radius-server key command. Parameters encryption-type key (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden.
PAGE 1464
If you configure the key parameter in the radius-server host command, the key configured with the radius-server key command is the default key for all RADIUS communications. Related Commands • radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server retransmit Configure the number of times the switch attempts to connect with the configured RADIUS host server before declaring the RADIUS host server unreachable.
PAGE 1465
Related Commands • radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server . Syntax radius-server timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no radius-server timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds between an unsuccessful attempt and the Dell Networking OS times out. The range is from zero (0) to 1000 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 1466
TACACS+ Commands Dell Networking OS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. tacacs-server group Creates a group of TACACS servers to be used for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting.. Syntax aaa tacacsgroup group-name To delete a group of TACACS servers, use the no tacacs-server group group-name command . Parameters group-name Enter the name of the TACACS server group. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1467
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1468
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1469
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information You can associate a TACACS server group with a VRF.
PAGE 1470
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.
PAGE 1471
Dell(conf-tacacs-group)# no tacacs-server host 1.1.1.1 Dell(conf-tacacs-group)# Related Commands • aaa authentication login — specifies the login authentication method. • tacacs-server key — configures a TACACS+ key for the TACACS server. tacacs-server key Configure a key for communication between a TACACS+ server and a client. Syntax tacacs-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a key, use the no tacacs-server key key command.
PAGE 1472
Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The key configured with this command must match the key configured on the TACACS+ daemon. tacacs-server vrf Create an association between a TACACS server group and a VRF and source interface. Syntax tacacs-server vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] To delete the association between a TACACS server group and a VRF and source interface, use the no tacacs-server vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] command.
PAGE 1473
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information You can use this command to associate a group of TACACS servers with a VRF and source interface. You can configure the source interface only with the VRF attribute and source interface is optional with the VRF attributes.
PAGE 1474
• If port security is enabled on an 802.1X port with VLAN assignment, the port is placed in the RADIUS server assigned VLAN. • If 802.1X is disabled on the port, it is returned to the configured access VLAN. • When the port is in the Force Authorized, Force Unauthorized, or Shutdown state, it is placed in the configured access VLAN. • If an 802.1X port is authenticated and put in the RADIUS server assigned VLAN, any change to the port access VLAN configuration does not take effect. • The 802.
PAGE 1475
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1476
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. Usage Information If the host responds to 802.1X with an incorrect login/password, the login fails.
PAGE 1477
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command.
PAGE 1478
Usage Information 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch. If the host fails to respond within a designated amount of time, the authenticator places the port in the guest VLAN. If a device does not respond within 30 seconds, it is assumed that the device is not 802.1X capable. Therefore, a guest VLAN is allocated to the interface and authentication for the device occurs at the next re-authentication interval (dot1x reauthentication).
PAGE 1479
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, enter the no dot1x mac-authbypass command. dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command.
PAGE 1480
dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. Syntax Parameters dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | forceunauthorized} force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly deauthorize a port. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1481
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1482
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1483
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds.
PAGE 1484
dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use theno dot1x supplicant-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1485
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1486
Defaults Command Modes Command History Example none • EXEC • EXEC privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1487
Dell# show dot1x interface fortyGigE 1/10 802.
PAGE 1488
NOTE: This option is not available in FIPS mode. Defaults Key size 1024; if you enable FIPS mode, the key size is 2048. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1489
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! Dell(conf)# Related Commands • ip ssh server — enables the SSH server. • show crypto — displays the SSH host public keys. crypto key zeroize rsa Removes the generated RSA host keys and zeroize the key storage location. Syntax crypto key zeroize rsa Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1490
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1491
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To configure the switch as an SCP server, use the ip ssh server command. Related Commands • ip ssh server — enables the SSH and SCP server on the switch.
PAGE 1492
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command specifies the maximum number of attempts to authenticate a user on an SSH connection with the remote host for password authentication. SSH disconnects when the number of password failures exceeds authentication-retries. ip ssh connection-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of incoming SSH connections per minute.
PAGE 1493
ip ssh hostbased-authentication Enable hostbased-authentication for the SSHv2 server. Syntax ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable To disable hostbased-authentication for SSHv2 server, use the no ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable hostbasedauthentication for SSHv2 server. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1494
Related Commands • ip ssh pub-key-file — public keys of trusted hosts from a file. • ip ssh rhostsfile — trusted hosts and users for rhost authentication. ip ssh key-size Configure the size of the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. Syntax Parameters ip ssh key-size 512-869 512-869 Enter the key-size number for the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. The range is from 512 to 869. The default is 768. Defaults Key size 768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1495
Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable passwordauthentication for the SSH server. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1496
volume rekeylimit Enter the keywords volume then the amount of volume in megabytes. The range is from 1 to 4096 to megabytes. The default is 1024 megabytes Defaults The default time is 60 minutes. The default volume is 1024 megabytes. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1497
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command specifies the file used for the host-based authentication. The creates/ file overwrites the flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/knownhosts file and deletes the user-specified file.
PAGE 1498
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1499
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1500
ciphers cipher-list Enter the keyword ciphers and then a space-delimited list of ciphers that the SSH server supports. The following ciphers are available. • 3des-cbc • aes128-cbc • aes192-cbc • aes256-cbc • aes128-ctr • aes192-ctr • aes256-ctr The default cipher list is used.
PAGE 1501
kex keyexchangealgorithm Enter the keyword kex and then a space-delimited list of key exchange algorithms supported by the SSH server. The following key exchange algorithms are available: • diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1 • diffie-hellman-group1-sha1 • diffie-hellman-group14-sha1 When FIPS is enabled, the default key-exchange-algorithm is diffie-hellman-group14-sha1.
PAGE 1502
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced the cipher , kex and mac options on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced the cipher, kex and mac options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1503
Parameters vrf management Enter the keyword vrf followed by the keyword management to configure an SSH server on a management VRF. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the VRF name to configure an SSH server on that VRF. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.
PAGE 1504
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1505
Example Dell(conf)#ip ssh source-interface tengigabitethernet 1/30/1 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.2 -l admin Dell(conf)#no ip ssh source-interface ip ssh vrf Specify a VRF for an outgoing SSH connections. Syntax ip ssh vrf vrf-name To delete a VRF for an outgoing SSH connection, use the no ip ssh vrf vrfname command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to configure that VRF for an outgoing SSH session. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1506
show crypto key mypubkey {rsa | rsa1} Parameters Key Enter the keyword key to display the host public key. mypubkey Enter the keyword mypubkey to display the host public key. rsa Enter the keyword rsa to display the host SSHv2 RSA public key. rsa1 Enter the keyword rsa1 to display the host SSHv1 RSA public key. NOTE: If you enable FIPS mode, this parameter is not available. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1507
Dell# Related Commands • crypto key generate — generates the SSH keys. show ip ssh Display information about established SSH sessions. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show ip ssh Command Modes Command History Example Security • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1508
Hostbased Authentication : disabled. RSA Authentication : disabled. Vty Encryption HMAC 2 aes128-cbc hmac-md5 4 aes128-cbc hmac-md5 * 5 aes128-cbc hmac-md5 Dell# Related Commands Remote IP 10.16.127.141 10.16.127.141 10.16.127.141 • ip ssh server — configures an SSH server. • show ip ssh client-pub-keys — displays the client-public keys. show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client public keys used in host-based authentication.
PAGE 1509
2200:2200:2200:2200:2200::2202 ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAu5NoTbmnLxBknaeXZmUJMupNwNUoGlo1/ yLPI5eehQTyaldRPHtGyPlcmMbCH +QJkqtyiwDPmH4njyDMYDCXY85vc55ibWsN9qalagklnh2cj2q4nYj5x8+8OOhYeFPaHiygd8U/ FXict61jWs84Co1UTsAgRzDJ9aUSS75TVac= root@dt-maa-li nux-1.force10networks.com 10.16.151.
PAGE 1510
Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/ authorized-keys.username file. Example Dell# show ip ssh rsa-authentication my-authorized-keys ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAyB17l4gFp4r2DRHIvMc1VZ d0Sg5GQxRV1y1X1JOMeO6Nd0WuYyzrQMM 4qJAoBwtneOXfLBcHF3V2hcMIqaZN+CRCnw/ zCMlnCf0+qVTd1oofsea5r09kS0xTp0CNfHXZ3NuGCq9Ov33m9+ U9tMwhS8vy8AVxdH4x4km3c3t5Jvc= freedom@poclab4 Dell# Related Commands • ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) — configures the RSA authorized keys.
PAGE 1511
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. -c encryption cipher Enable the “FIPS mode enable", this mode will support only v2 client. "no fips mode enable"(disable) will support v1 & v2 client. This comment is applicable for both ciphers & HMAC algorithms: • 3des-cbc: Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher.
PAGE 1512
Defaults As shown in the Parameters section. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1513
from console anvltest@10.16.151.48's password: Last login: Thu Jan 5 00:17:47 2012 from login-maa-101 [anvltest@dt-maa-linux-1 ~]# exit logout Dell# Secure DHCP Commands DHCP as defined by RFC 2131 provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks. clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 1514
Parameters trust-downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. vrf Enter the keyword vrf to include VRF related information in the Option 82. This configuration enables the relay agent to include VRF related information when it forwards the broadcasts from client to DHCP server. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1515
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN.
PAGE 1516
Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. slot/port Enter the slot and port number of the interface. lease time Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IP address is leased. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1517
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1518
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable IP source guard. Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1519
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1520
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • clear ip dhcp snooping — clear the contents of the DHCP binding table. Role-Based Access Control Commands With Role-Based Access Control (RBAC), access and authorization is controlled based on a user’s role. Users are granted permissions based on their user roles, not on their individual user ID.
PAGE 1521
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
PAGE 1522
interface for INTERFACE modes line for LINE mode route-map for Route-map mode router for Router mode addrole Enter the keyword addrole to add permission to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. deleterole Enter the keyword deleterole to remove access to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. role-name Enter a text string for the name of the user role up to 63 characters.
PAGE 1523
Parameters command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords. mode mode Enter keyword then one of the following modes. • configure • exec • interface • line • route-map • router Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1524
Example Dell# show userroles Role Inheritance netoperator netadmin secadmin sysadmin netoperator testadmin netadmin Modes Exec Exec Config Interface Line Router IP Route-map Protocol MAC Exec Config Exec Config Interface Line Router IP Route-map Protocol MAC Exec Config Interface Line Router IP Route-map Protocol MAC Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1525
Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator). inherit existingrole-name Enter the inherit keyword then specify the system defined role to inherit permissions from (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1526
role mode { { { addrole | deleterole } role-name } | reset } command – Modifies (adds or deletes) command permissions for newly created user roles and system defined roles. Related Commands 1526 • role mode { { { addrole | deleterole } role-name } | reset } command — modifies (adds or deletes) command permissions for newly created user roles and system defined roles.
PAGE 1527
Service Provider Bridging 47 Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging section. This section includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking OS Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel. Dell Networking OS supports L2PT on Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1528
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1529
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced protocol-tunnel Enable protocol tunneling on a stacked (Q-in-Q) VLAN for specified protocol packets. Syntax protocol-tunnel {rate-limit rate| stp} To disable protocol tunneling for a Layer 2 protocol, use the no protocoltunnel command. Parameters rate-limit rate Enter the keyword rate-limit followed by a number for the rate-limit for tunneled packets on the VMAN. The range is from 64 to 320.
PAGE 1530
Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#member Te 1/2/1-3 Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#protocol-tunnel stp Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#protocol-tunnel enable Related Command • show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. protocol-tunnel destination-mac Overwrite the BPDU destination MAC address with a specific value. Syntax Parameters protocol-tunnel destination-mac xstp address stp Change the default destination MAC address used for L2PT to another value.
PAGE 1531
protocol-tunnel enable Enable protocol tunneling globally on the system. Syntax protocol-tunnel enable To disable protocol tunneling, use the no protocol-tunnel enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1532
Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN-STACK Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1533
Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display information for the one VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1534
sFlow 48 The Dell Networking OS supports sFlow commands. The Dell Networking OS sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1535
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipaddress | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
PAGE 1536
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.3 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.4.1.1 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1537
sflow enable (Global) Enable sFlow globally. Syntax sflow enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1538
To disable sFlow, use the no sflow ingress enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1539
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1540
INTERFACE Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S Series and Z Series switches.
PAGE 1541
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The polling interval for an interface is the maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters sent to the collector.
PAGE 1542
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command sets the counter polling interval for an interface.
PAGE 1543
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1544
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1545
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1546
Example Dell#show sflow sFlow services are enabled Egress Management Interface sFlow services are disabled Global default sampling rate: 32768 Global default counter polling interval: 20 Global default extended maximum header size: 128 bytes Global extended information enabled: none 1 collectors configured Collector IP addr: 100.1.1.1, Agent IP addr: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1547
49 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This section contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on Dell Networking OS. SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking OS. The simple network management protocol (SNMP) is used to communicate management information between the network management stations and the agents in the network elements.
PAGE 1548
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1549
show snmp engineID Display the identification of the local SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router. Syntax Command Modes Command History Example Related Commands show snmp engineID • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1550
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1551
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1552
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. unknown Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#config!------command run on host connected to switch: --------------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.
PAGE 1553
name | ipv6 access-list-name | access-list-name ipv6 accesslist-name]] command. Parameters community-name Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) to act as a password for SNMP. ro Enter the keyword ro to specify read-only permission. rw Enter the keyword rw to specify read-write permission. ipv6 access-listname (Optional) Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 ACL name (a string up to 16 characters long).
PAGE 1554
If a community string is configured without a security-name (for example, snmp-server community public ro), the community is mapped to a default security-name/group: • v1v2creadu / v1v2creadg — maps to a community with ro (read-only) permissions. • v1v2cwriteu/ v1v2cwriteg — maps to a community with rw (read-write) permissions. The community-name parameter indexes this command. If you do not configure the snmp-server community command, you cannot query SNMP data.
PAGE 1555
To delete the SNMP server contact information, use the no snmp-server contact command. Parameters text Enter an alphanumeric text string, up to 55 characters long. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1556
notificationoption • ecmp — Enable an ECMP trap to notify of ECMP or link bundle traffic imbalances. • envmon — For Dell Networking device notifications when an environmental threshold is exceeded. • isis — Notification of intermediate service traps. • lacp — Notification of changes. • snmp — Notification of RFC 1157 traps. • stp — Notification of a state change in the spanning tree protocol (RFC 1493). • vlt — Notification of virtual link trunking.
PAGE 1557
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Added support for copy-config and ECMP traps. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support for VRRP traps. 7.6.1.0 Added support for STP and xSTP traps. Introduced on the SSeries. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1558
• The remaining eight octets are the MAC address of the chassis. remote ip-address Enter the keyword remote followed by the IP address that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the remote device. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF that is used to reach the device. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify the VRF that is used by the SNMP engine to reach the device. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used.
PAGE 1559
destroyed, as required by RFC 2274. Because of this deletion, if the local value of the Engine ID changes, the security digests of SNMPv3 users is invalid and the users will have to be reconfigured. For the remote Engine ID, the host IP and UDP port are the indexes to the command that are matched to either overwrite or remove the configuration. Related Commands • show snmp engineID — displays the SNMP engine and all the remote engines that are configured on the router.
PAGE 1560
priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet. read name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword read then a name (a string of up to 20 characters long) as the read view name. The default is GlobalView and is assumed to be every object belonging to the internet (1.3.6.1) OID space. write name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword write then a name (a string of up to 20 characters long) as the write view name.
PAGE 1561
Usage Information The following example specifies the group named harig as a version 3 user requiring both authentication and encryption and read access limited to the read named rview. NOTE: The number of configurable groups is limited to 16 groups. Example Related Commands Dell# conf Dell(conf)# snmp-server group harig 3 priv read rview Dell# • show snmp group — displays the group name, security model, view status, and storage type of each group.
PAGE 1562
version 1 | 2c | 3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version to specify the security model then the security model version number 1, 2c, or 3: • Version 1 is the least secure version. • Version 3 is the most secure of the security modes. • Version 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64, which allows for integers twice the width of what is normally allowed. The default is version 1. auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption.
PAGE 1563
• stp — Enable 802.1d state change traps • vlt — Enable VLT traps • vrrp — Enable VRRP state change traps • xstp — Enable 802.1s, 802.1w, and PVST+ state change traps The default is all trap types are sent to host. Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1564
In order to enable multiple hosts, issue a separate snmp-server host command for each host. You can specify multiple notification types in the command for each host. When multiple snmp-server host commands are given for the same host and type of notification (trap or inform), each succeeding command overwrites the previous command. Only the last snmp-server host command will be in effect.
PAGE 1565
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1566
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command snmp-server trap-source Configure a specific interface as the source for SNMP traffic.
PAGE 1567
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1568
Parameters name Enter the name of the user (not to exceed 20 characters), on the host that connects to the agent. group_name Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the group. The following groups are created for mapping to read/write community/security-names (defaults): • v1v2creadu — maps to a community with ro permissions. • 1v2cwriteu — maps to a community rw permissions.
PAGE 1569
auth-password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the agent to receive packets from the host. Minimum: eight characters long. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords priv to initiate a privacy authentication level setting. des56 | aes128 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword des56 or aes128 to specify the encryption mode. • aes128 — Use 128 bit AES algorithm in CFB mode for encryption. • des56 — Use 56 bit DES algorithm in CBC mode for encryption.
PAGE 1570
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP. TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs port rules are not valid for SNMP. No default values exist for authentication or privacy algorithms and no default password exists. If you forget a password, you cannot recover it; the user must be reconfigured.
PAGE 1571
MD5-96 and HMAC-SHA1-96. These are the full forms or editions of the truncated versions, namely, HMAC-MD5 and HMAC-SHA1 authentication algorithms.
PAGE 1572
Usage Information To enable robust, effective protection and security for SNMP packets transferred between the server and the client, you can use the snmp-server user username group groupname 3 auth authentication-type authpassword priv aes128 priv-password to specify that AES128-CFB encryption algorithm needs to be used. You cannot modify the FIPS mode if SNMPv3 users are already configured and present in the system.
PAGE 1573
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The oid-tree variable is a full sub-tree starting from 1.3.6 and cannot specify the name of a sub-tree or a MIB.
PAGE 1574
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to bind an SNMP agent to a VRF. The SNMP agent processes the requests from the interfaces that belong to the specified VRF. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used.
PAGE 1575
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information If the interface is expected to flap during normal usage, you could disable this command. Syslog Commands The following commands allow you to configure logging functions on all Dell Networking switches. clear logging Clear the messages in the logging buffer.
PAGE 1576
Version Description E-Series legacy command Related Commands • show logging — display logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer. clear logging auditlog Clears audit log. Syntax clear logging auditlog Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1577
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands • logging buffered — set the logging buffered parameters. default logging console Return the default settings for messages logged to the console.
PAGE 1578
Version Description E-Series legacy command Related Commands • logging console — set the logging console parameters. default logging monitor Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal. Syntax default logging monitor Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1579
Defaults level = 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1580
udp Enter the keyword udp to enable transmission of log message over UDP followed by port number. The default port is 514 tcp Enter the keyword tcp to enable transmission of log message over TCP followed by port number. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable the logging process in VRF mode. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify the VRF that is used to contact the host. By default, the default VRF is used. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1581
Related Commands • logging on — enables the logging asynchronously to logging buffer, console, Syslog server, and terminal lines. • logging trap — enables logging to the Syslog server based on severity. logging buffered Enable logging and specify which messages are logged to an internal buffer. By default, all messages are logged to the internal buffer. Syntax logging buffered [level] [size] To return to the default values, use the default logging buffered command.
PAGE 1582
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you decrease the buffer size, all messages stored in the buffer are lost. Increasing the buffer size does not affect messages stored in the buffer. Related Commands • clear logging — clears the logging buffer. • default logging buffered — returns the logging buffered parameters to the default setting.
PAGE 1583
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands • clear logging — clears the logging buffer. • default logging console — returns the logging console parameters to the default setting.
PAGE 1584
When you enabled RBAC and extended logging: • Only the system administrator role can execute this command. • The system administrator and system security administrator roles can view security events and system events. • The system administrator role can view audit, security, and system events. • The network administrator and network operator roles can view system events. Examples Dell(conf)#logging extended Related Commands • show logging auditlog — display the audit log.
PAGE 1585
• syslog (Syslog process) • user (user process) • uucp (Unix to Unix copy process) The default is local7. Defaults local7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.
PAGE 1586
errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 4 or warnings. Defaults warnings or 4 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1587
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1588
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1589
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1590
• For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then the port-channel ID.
PAGE 1591
Related Commands • logging — enables logging to the Syslog server. logging synchronous Synchronize unsolicited messages and Dell Networking OS output. Syntax logging synchronous [level level | all] [limit number-ofbuffers] To disable message synchronization, use the no logging synchronous [level level | all] [limit number-of-buffers] command. Parameters all Enter the keyword all to ensure that all levels are printed asynchronously.
PAGE 1592
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you enable logging synchronous, unsolicited messages appear between software prompts and outputs. Only the messages with a severity at or below the set level are sent to the console. If the message queue limit is reached on a terminal line and messages are discarded, a system message appears on that terminal line. Messages may continue to appear on other terminal lines. Related Commands • logging on — enables logging.
PAGE 1593
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5. Related Commands • logging — enables the logging to another device. • logging on — enables logging.
PAGE 1594
Example Dell(conf)#logging version ? <0-1> Select syslog version (default = 0) Dell(conf)#logging version 1 show logging auditlog Displays an audit log. Syntax show logging auditlog Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1595
summary Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table showing the number of messages per type and per slot. Slots *7* and *8* represent RPMs. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1596
Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: 192.1.1.12 Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: 192.1.1.15 Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: 192.200.12.
PAGE 1597
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1598
terminal monitor Configure the Dell Networking OS to display messages on the monitor/terminal. Syntax terminal monitor To return to default settings, use the terminal no monitor command. defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1599
50 SNMP Traps This section lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking OS. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Table 4. SNMP Trap List Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 1600
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE %IFM-1-OSTATE_UP: changed interface state to up:%s %IFM-5-CSTATE_UP: Changed interface Physical state to up: %s RMON_RISING_THRESHOLD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4RMON_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON rising threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON falling threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_RISHING_THRESHO LD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP
PAGE 1601
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE %RAM-6-RPM_STATE: RPM1 is in Active State %RAM-6-RPM_STATE: RPM0 is in Standby State CHM_RPM_DOWN %CHMGR-2-RPM_DOWN: RPM 0 down - hard reset %CHMGR-2-RPM_DOWN: RPM 0 down - card removed CHM_RPM_PRIMARY %RAM-5-COLD_FAILOVER: RPM Failov
PAGE 1602
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP %CHMGR-2-MINOR_SFM: MInor alarm: No working standby SFM CHM_MIN_SFM_DOWN_CLR %CHMGR-5-MINOR_SFM_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: Working standby SFM present CHM_PWRSRC_DOWN %CHMGR-2-PEM_PRBLM: Major alarm: problem with power entry module %s CHM_PWRSRC_CLR %CHMGR-5-PEM_OK: Major alarm cleared: power entry module %s is good CHM_MAJ_ALARM_PS %CHM
PAGE 1603
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option CHM_MAJ_ALRM_TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN %CHMGR-2-MAJOR_TEMP: Major alarm: chassis temperature high (%s temperature reaches or exceeds threshold of %dC) CHM_MAJ_ALRM_TEMP_CLR %CHMGR-2-MAJOR_TEMP_CLR: Major alarm cleared: chassis temperature lower (%s %d temperature is within threshold of %dC) CHM_FANTRAY_BAD For E1200: %CHMGR-2FAN_TRAY_BAD: Major alarm: fan tray %d is missing or down %CHMGR-2-ALL_FAN_BAD: Major alarm: all fans
PAGE 1604
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE alarm: fan in fan tray is down CHM_MIN_FANBAD_CLR For E1200: %CHMGR-2FAN_OK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray %d are good For E600 and E300: %CHMGR-5-FANOK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray are good TME_TASK_SUSPEND %TME-2-TASK SUSPENDED: SUSPENDED - svce:%d inst:%d - task:%s TME_TASK_TERM %TME-2ABNORMAL_TASK_TERMINATION : CRASH - task:%s %s CHM
PAGE 1605
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option PORT_TEMP_MAJOR ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %CHMGR-1-PORT_TEMP_MAJOR: Major Alarm Interface %s shut due to high temperature PORT_TEMP_MINOR %CHMGR-1-PORT_TEMP_MINOR: Minor Alarm Interface %s temperature exceeds threshold PORT_TEMP_MAJOR_CLR %CHMGR-1PORT_TEMP_MAJOR_CLR: Major Alarm cleared for Interface %s port temperature is lower than threshold VRRP_BADAUTH %RPM1-P:RP2 %VRRP-3VRRP_BAD_AUTH: v
PAGE 1606
Storm Control 51 The Dell Networking OS storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on Dell Networking OS. Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1607
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Storm Control show storm-control broadcast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1608
Version Description 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show storm-control multicast Display the storm control multicast configuration. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History 1608 show storm-control multicast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1609
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1610
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 1611
value percentage, for example, 55.5%. The decimal range is from .1 to .9. wred-profile name Enter the keyword wred-profile followed by the profile name to designate a wred-profile. packets_per_seco nd in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1612
To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_seco nd in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1613
Parameters packets_per_seco nd in Enter the packets per second of multicast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1614
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1615
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1616
packets_per_seco nd in C-Series and S-Series Only: Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554431. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. 1616 Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1617
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) 52 The commands in this section configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the Dell Networking switch/routing platform. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value.
PAGE 1618
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs. Syntax Parameters bpdu-destination-mac-address [stp | gvrp] provider-bridge-group xstp Force STP, RSTP, and MSTP to use the Provider Bridge Group address as the destination MAC address in its BPDUs.
PAGE 1619
debug spanning-tree Enable debugging of the spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol. Syntax debug spanning-tree {stp-id [all | bpdu | config | events | exceptions | general | root] | protocol} To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0. protocol Enter the keyword for the type of STP to debug, either mstp, pvst, or rstp.
PAGE 1620
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you enable debug spanning-tree bpdu for multiple interfaces, the software only sends information on BPDUs for the last interface specified. Related Commands • protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. description Enter a description of the spanning tree.
PAGE 1621
Related Commands • protocol spanning-tree — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable the spanning tree protocol globally on the switch. Syntax disable To enable Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1622
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state. Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before transitioning STP to the Forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1623
hello-time Set the time interval between generation of the spanning tree bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Syntax hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2 seconds. Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1624
max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the spanning tree bridge. Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1625
protocol spanning-tree To enable and configure the spanning tree group, enter SPANNING TREE mode. Syntax protocol spanning-tree stp-id To disable the Spanning Tree group, use the no protocol spanning-tree stp-id command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). Dell Networking OS supports one spanning tree group, group 0. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1626
show config Display the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values display. Syntax show config Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1627
brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a synopsis of the spanning tree group configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an STP interface and the current port state. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface and the type slot/port of the interface you want displayed. Type slot/port options are the following: • For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then the port-channel ID.
PAGE 1628
Version Description 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the CSeries, S-Series, and E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Enable spanning tree group 0 prior to using this command. The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 command shown in the example. 1628 Field Description “Bridge Identifier...
PAGE 1629
Example Field Description “Designated port...” Displays the designated port ID. Dell# show spann 0 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of the spanning tree Current root has priority 32768 address 0001.e800.
PAGE 1630
-------------- ------ ---- ---- --- ----- -----------------Te 1/1/1 8.26 8 4 FWD 0 32768 0001.e800.0a56 8.26 Te 1/1/2 8.27 8 4 FWD 0 32768 0001.e800.0a56 8.27 Te 1/1/3 8.28 8 4 FWD 0 32768 0001.e800.0a56 8.28 Dell# Usage Information The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 guard command shown in the example. Example (Guard) Field Description Interface Name STP interface. Instance STP 0 instance.
PAGE 1631
• Port Channel interface with 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 1. loopguard Enter the keyword loopguard to enable STP loop guard on a port or port-channel interface. rootguard Enter the keyword rootguard to enable STP root guard on a port or port-channel interface. portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-onviol ation]] Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the optional keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU.
PAGE 1632
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you enable portfast bpduguard on an interface and the interface receives a BPDU, the software disables the interface and sends a message stating that fact. The port is in ERR_DISABLE mode, yet appears in the show interface commands as enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU.
PAGE 1633
System Time and Date 53 The commands in this section configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking OS, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, see “Network Time Protocol” of the Management section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1634
end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-year Enter a four-digit number as the year. The range is from 1993 to 2035. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to1440. The default is 60 minutes.
PAGE 1635
clock summer-time recurring Set the software clock to convert to daylight saving time on a specific day each year. Syntax clock summer-time time-zone recurring [start-week start-day start-month start-time end-week end-day end-month end-time [offset]] To delete a daylight saving time zone configuration, use the no clock summertime command. Parameters System Time and Date time-zone Enter the three-letter name for the time zone. This name is displayed in the show clock output.
PAGE 1636
end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes:seconds. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15:00 is 5:15 pm. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to 1440. The default is 60 minutes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1637
clock timezone Configure a timezone for the switch. Syntax clock timezone timezone-name offset To delete a timezone configuration, use the no clock timezone command. Parameters timezone-name Enter the name of the timezone. You cannot use spaces. offset Enter one of the following: • a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours in addition to universal time coordinated (UTC) for the timezone. • a minus sign (-) then a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1638
debug ntp Display network time protocol (NTP) transactions and protocol messages for troubleshooting. Syntax debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} To disable debugging of NTP transactions, use the no debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} command. Parameters adjust Enter the keyword adjust to display information on NTP clock adjustments.
PAGE 1639
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp authenticate Enable authentication of NTP traffic between the switch and the NTP time serving hosts. Syntax ntp authenticate To disable NTP authentication, use the no ntp authentication command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1640
ntp broadcast client Set up the interface to receive NTP broadcasts from an NTP server. Syntax ntp broadcast client To disable broadcast, use the no ntp broadcast client command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1641
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1642
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 multicast addresses. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp master Configure the switch as NTP Server.
PAGE 1643
ntp server Configure an NTP time-serving host. Syntax Parameters ntp server[vrf vrf-name] {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6address} [key keyid] [prefer] [version number] vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to configure an NTP time-serving host corresponding to that VRF. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter an IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of NTP server. hostname Enter the host name of the server.
PAGE 1644
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure multiple time-serving hosts. From these time-serving hosts, the Dell Networking OS chooses one NTP host with which to synchronize. To determine which server is selected, use the show ntp associations command. Because many polls to NTP hosts can affect network performance, Dell Networking recommends limiting the number of hosts configured.
PAGE 1645
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1646
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The number parameter in the ntp trusted-key command must be the same number as the number parameter in the ntp authentication-key command.
PAGE 1647
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.
PAGE 1648
Parameters Command Modes Command History detail • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view the source information of the clock. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1649
show ntp associations Display the NTP master and peers. Syntax Command Modes Command History show ntp associations • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 1650
Example Related Commands Field Description st Displays the peer’s stratum, that is, the number of hops away from the external time source. A 16 in this column means the NTP peer cannot reach the time source. when Displays the last time the switch received an NTP packet. poll Displays the polling interval (in seconds). reach Displays the reachability to the peer (in octal bitstream).
PAGE 1651
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ntp status Display the current NTP status. Syntax Command Modes Command History System Time and Date show ntp status • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1652
Usage Information The following describes the show ntp status command shown in the Example below. Example Related Commands 1652 Field Description “Clock is...” States whether or not the switch clock is synchronized, which NTP stratum the system is assigned and the IP address of the NTP peer. “frequency is...” Displays the frequency (in ppm), stability (in ppm) and precision (in Hertz) of the clock in this system. “reference time is...” Displays the reference time stamp. “clock offset is...
PAGE 1653
54 Tunneling Tunneling is supported on Dell Networking OS. ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address. Syntax ip unnumbered interface-type To set the tunnel back to default logical address use the no ip unnumbered command. If the tunnel was previously operational, the tunnel interface is operationally down unless you also configure the tunnel IPv6 address.
PAGE 1654
• If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends. NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical IP address is identified from one of the address family.
PAGE 1655
• If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends. NOTE: The ipv6 unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical IP address is identified from one of the address family.
PAGE 1656
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000. Usage Information You can configure up to eight allow-remote entries on any multipoint receive-only tunnel. This command fails if the address family entered does not match the outer header address family of the tunnel mode, tunnel source, or any other tunnel allowremote.
PAGE 1657
Usage Information The tunnel interface is inoperable without a valid tunnel destination address for the configured Tunnel mode. To establish a logical tunnel to the particular destination address, use the destination address of the outer tunnel header. If you configure a tunnel interface or source address, the tunnel destination must be compatible. tunnel dscp Configure the method to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header.
PAGE 1658
Usage Information This command configures the method used to set the high 6 bits (the differentiated services codepoint) of the IPv4 TOS or the IPv6 traffic class in the outer IP header. A value of 0 copies original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel. tunnel flow-label Configure the method to set the IPv6 flow label value in the outer tunnel header.
PAGE 1659
tunnel hop-limit Configure the method to set the IPv4 time-to-live or the IPv6 hop limit value in the outer tunnel header. Syntax tunnel hop-limit value To restore the default tunnel hop-limit, use the no tunnel hop-limit command. Parameters value Enter the hop limit (ipv6) or time-to-live (ipv4) value to include in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 64.
PAGE 1660
Parameters ip-address ipv6 address Enter the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the peer to which the keepalive probes will be sent. interval seconds Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which the restart process to keepalive probe packets. The range is from 5 to 255. The default is 5. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. The range is from 3 to 10. The default is 3.
PAGE 1661
shutdown - no shutdown sequence on one end should bring both ends back to up. tunnel-mode Enable a tunnel interface. . Syntax tunnel mode {ipip | ipv6 | ipv6ip}[decapsulate-any] To disable an active tunnel interface, use the no tunnel mode command. Parameters ipip Enable tunnel in RFC 2003 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv4 tunnel. ipv6 Enable tunnel in RFC 2473 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv6 tunnel.
PAGE 1662
Including the decapsulate-any option causes the command to fail if any of the following tunnel transmit options are configured: tunnel destination, tunnel dscp, tunnel flow-label, tunnel hop-limit, or tunnel keepalive. Conversely, if you configure any tunnel allow-remote entries, the tunnel—mode command fails unless the decapsulate-any option is included. Configuration of IPv6 commands over decapsulate-any tunnel causes an error. tunnel source Set a source address for the tunnel.
PAGE 1663
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the tunnel source anylocal command. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000.
PAGE 1664
VLAN Stacking 55 With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. The Dell Networking OS supports this feature. For more information about basic VLAN commands, see the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in Layer 2.
PAGE 1665
dei enable Enable packets to be dropped based on their DEI value. Syntax dei enable Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1666
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 1667
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information Enable DEI before using this command. member Assign a stackable VLAN access or trunk port to a VLAN.
PAGE 1668
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1669
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.2 Introduced on the S4810. WARNING: The following message displays to confirm the command: All non-default configurations on the related member ports ports () will be removed.
PAGE 1670
Version Description E-Series original Command Usage Information Prior to enabling this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, enter the switchport command. To remove the access port designation, remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN-enabled VLANs. vlan-stack compatible Enable the stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN. Syntax vlan-stack compatible To disable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN, use the no vlan-stack compatible command.
PAGE 1671
Usage Information Prior to disabling the stackable VLAN feature, remove the members. To view the stackable VLANs, use the show vlan command in EXEC Privilege mode. Stackable VLANs contain members, designated by the M in the Q column of the command output. If you enabled VRF, you cannot enable the stacked VLAN feature using this command. If you enabled IGMP snooping, you cannot enable the stacked VLAN feature using this command.
PAGE 1672
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information You can separate the C-Tag values by commas or dashed ranges.
PAGE 1673
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. E-Series original Command Usage Information For specific interoperability limitations regarding the S-Tag TPID, see the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1674
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1675
interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/23/1 no ip address switchport vlan-stack trunk no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-1/23/1)# interface vlan 100 Dell(conf-if-vl-100)# vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vl-100-stack)# member tengigabitethernet 1/23/1 Dell(conf-if-vl-100-stack)# show config ! interface Vlan 100 no ip address vlan-stack compatible member TenGigabitEthernet 1/23/1 shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-100-stack)# interface vlan 20 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# tagged Tengigabitethernet 1/23/1 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# show config !
PAGE 1676
Dell(conf-if-vlan)# exit Dell(config)# 1676 VLAN Stacking
PAGE 1677
Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) 56 Virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to coexist on the same router at the same time. ip unknown-unicast Enable IPv4 catch-all route. Syntax ip unknown-unicast [vrf vrf-name] To remove the IPv4 catch-all route (0.0.0.0/0) from the LPM route forwarding table in hardware which gets added as a default configuration after the initialization of FIB Agent module, use the no ip unknown-unicast command.
PAGE 1678
ipv6 unknown-unicast Disable soft forwarding of unknown IPv6 destination packets. Syntax [no] ipv6 unknown-unicast Defaults Soft forwarding is enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1679
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. ip vrf forwarding Attach an interface to a VRF. Syntax ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} To delete an interface associated with a configured VRF, use the no ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} command.
PAGE 1680
There must be no prior Layer 3 configuration on the interface when configuring VRF. You must enable VRF before using this command. You can configure an IP subnet or address on a physical or VLAN interface that overlaps the same IP subnet or address configured on another interface only if the interfaces are assigned to different VRFs. If you assign two interfaces to the same VRF, you cannot configure overlapping IP subnets or the same IP address to them.
PAGE 1681
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9500. Usage Information To make the HTTP clients VRF-aware, use the ip http vrf command.
PAGE 1682
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 1683
To import leaked routes from another VRF, use the same ASN number that is specified as the export route target at the source VRF. route-map-name Enter the name of the route-map to filter the imported routes. NOTE: Use the route-map attribute while importing routes from the global RTM. Route-maps allow you to filter routes at the import end based on the matching criteria that you define in the route-map. Command Modes Command History • CONFIGURATION • VRF mode This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1684
Defaults Command Modes Command History tag Enter a tag (ASN number) as the export route target to expose routes to other VRFs. This tag acts as an identifier for exported routes. Use this identifier while importing these routes into another nondefault VRF. route-map-name (Optional) Enter the name of the route-map to filter the exported routes. You can leak global routes to be made available to VRFs.
PAGE 1685
Related Commands • ipv6 route-import – imports IPv6 routes from another VRF. ipv6 route-import Imports IPv6 routes that another VRF leaks using the tag that VRF specifies during export of these routes. Syntax Parameters ipv6 route-import tag [route-map-name] route-import Enter the keywords route-import to import IPv6 routes into the VRF. tag Enter a tag (ASN number) to specify an import route target for importing routes from another VRF.
PAGE 1686
The export-target and import-target support only the match the protocol and prefix-list options. Other options that you configure in the route-maps are ignored. Related Commands • ipv6 route-export — exports IPv6 routes to another VRF. match source-protocol Specify matching source-protocol criteria while exporting or importing routes. Syntax Parameters match source-protocol {bgp | isis | ospf | connected | static} bgp Enter the keyword bgp to leak or share routes corresponding to the BGP protocol.
PAGE 1687
The export-target and import-target options support only the match protocol and match prefix-list options. Other options that you configure in the route-maps are ignored. Related Commands • ipv6 route-import – imports IPv6 routes from another VRF. redistribute Redistributes leaked or exported routes corresponding to specific protocols.
PAGE 1688
interface management Associates a management port with a management VRF. Syntax interface management To delete the association between a management port and a management VRF, use the no interface management command. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 1689
After the limit is reached, additional dynamic routes are not allowed. warning-only When you use the warning-only option, when the maximum number of dynamic routes reaches the limit, a warning message appears. After the limit is reached, additional dynamic routes are still allowed. Defaults No limit is set on the maximum number of dynamic routes for a VRF. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-VRF CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1690
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
PAGE 1691
description "Banking Customer Chennai" Dell# Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) 1691
PAGE 1692
57 VLT Proxy Gateway The virtual link trucking (VLT) proxy gateway feature allows a VLT domain to locally terminate and route L3 packets that are destined to a Layer 3 (L3) end point in another VLT domain. Enable the VLT proxy gateway using the link layer discover protocol (LLDP) method or the static configuration. For more information, see the Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. proxy-gateway lldp Enables the proxy-gateway feature using the LLDP protocol.
PAGE 1693
proxy-gateway static Enables the proxy-gateway feature using static configurations. Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.
PAGE 1694
value can be a single VLAN ID, comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, or a combination. For example: Comma-separated: 3, 4, 6 Range: 5-10 Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW STATIC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1695
vlan-range Enter the VLAN IDs that you want to exclude from the proxy gateway. The value can be a single VLAN ID, commaseparated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, or a combination. For example: Comma-separated: 3, 4, 6 Range: 5-10 Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1696
Default Infinity Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Removed the default value on the S-Series and Z-Series. 9.4(0.
PAGE 1697
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Usage Information This command enables the device to transmit its VLT peer MAC address along with its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain. By default, a node sends only its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain. This configuration is applicable only for an LLDP proxy gateway. A typical use example is a square VLT topology with single link connecting to the remote peers.
PAGE 1698
Usage Information The proxy-gateway feature may go operationally down for any of the following reasons: • LLDP is globally disabled. • LDP is disabled per port. • VLT port-channel is down. • LLDP neighbor is down. If any of these conditions is true, the proxy-gateway feature could be operationally down. If so, it is shown in the show command output.
PAGE 1699
Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) 58 Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1700
ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format. interval seconds Enter the keyword interval to specify the time interval to send hello messages. The range is from 1 to 5 seconds. The default is 1 second. Defaults 1 second Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
PAGE 1701
ndp Clear the VLT statistics for NDP. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
PAGE 1702
link restores between VLT peer switches. The range from 1 to 1200. The default is 90 seconds. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1703
Parameters interval Enter the interval value (in seconds) for the delay restore timer to abort. The range is from 1 to 1800 seconds. The default is 60 seconds. This delay restore timer applies only during reload/boot-up and not in other scenarios (for example, during ICL flap). Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1704
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added port-channel parameter on the S4810. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1705
To restore the default value, use the no multicast peer-routing timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value (in seconds). The range is from 1 to 1200. The default is 150. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1706
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the peer-down-vlan option. 8.3.8.
PAGE 1707
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the support for IPV6 / IPV4. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. peer-routing-timeout Configure the delay after which peer routing disables when the peer is unavailable. This command is applicable for both IPv6 and IPv4.
PAGE 1708
If you do not configure this delay value, peer-routing is not disabled even when the peer is unavailable. primary-priority Assign the priority for master election among VLT peers. Syntax Parameters [no] primary-priority value To configure the primary role on a VLT peer, enter a lower value than the priority value of the remote peer. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default value is 32768. Default 32768 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1709
show vlt brief Displays summarized status information about VLT domains configured on the switch. Syntax show vlt brief Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1710
show vlt backup-link Displays information about the backup link operation. Syntax show vlt backup-link Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.
PAGE 1711
igmp-snoop Enter the keywords igmp-snoop to display the igmpsnooping counter information for the VLT. interface Enter the keyword interface to display the interface counter information for the VLT. mac Enter the keyword mac to display the MAC address counter information for the VLT. ndp Enter the keyword ndp to display the VLT counter information for NDP. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1712
Example (igmpsnoop interface port-channel) Dell#show vlt counter igmp-snoop interface port-channel 2 VLT Port-ID: 2 IGMP Counter ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 0 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 5 Dell# show vlt counter igmp-snoop interface port-channel 100 VLT Port-ID: 100 IGMP Counter ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 1 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 0 Ve Example (NDP and Dell#show vlt counters Total VLT Counters Non-VLT ARP) ------------------L2 Total MAC-Address Count: Total Arp E
PAGE 1713
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# Dell(conf-if-vl-100)#show vlt detail Local LAG Id Peer LAG Id Local Status Peer Status Active VLANs ------------ ----------- ------------ -----------------------10 10 UP UP 100, 200, 300, 400, show vlt inconsistency Display run-time inconsistencies in the incoming interface (IIF) for spanned multicast routes (mroutes).
PAGE 1714
show vlt mismatch Display mismatches in VLT parameters. Syntax show vlt mismatch Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1715
Vlan-type-config ---------------Codes:: P - Primary, C - Community, I - Isolated, N - Normal vlan, M - Vlan-stack Vlan-ID ------- Local ----- 100 N Peer ---M Port-type-config ---------------Codes:: p - PVLAN Promiscuous port, h - PVLAN Host port, t PVLAN Trunk port, mt - Vlan-stack trunk port, mu - Vlan-stack access port, n - Normal port Vlt Lag ------128 Local ----mt Peer ---mu Vlan-stack protocol-type -----------------------Local ----0x4100 Peer ---0x8100 VLT-VLAN config --------------Local Lag
PAGE 1716
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1717
ndp Enter the keyword ndp to display the NDP VLT statistics. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 1718
VLT Igmp-Snooping Statistics ------------------------------IGMP Info Pkts sent: 4 IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 IGMP Reg Request sent: 1 IGMP Reg Request rcvd: 2 IGMP Reg Response sent: 1 IGMP Reg Response rcvd: 1 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt sent: 5 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd: 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 VLT Multicast Statistics ------------------------------Info Pkts Sent: 4 Info Pkts Rcvd: 2 Reg Request Sent: 2 Reg Request Rcvd: 2 Reg Response Sent: 1 Reg Response Rcvd: 0 Route updates sent to P
PAGE 1719
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1720
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you create a VLT domain on a switch, the Dell Networking OS automatically assigns a unique unit ID (0 or 1) to each peer switch. The unit IDs are used for internal system operations.
PAGE 1721
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The VLT domain ID must be the same between the two VLT devices. If the domain ID is not the same, a syslog message generates and VLT does not launch. Related Commands • show vlt brief — display the delay-restore value. vlt-peer-lag port-channel Associate the port channel to the corresponding VLT peer port channel for the VLT connection to an attached device.
PAGE 1722
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) 59 Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking OS. IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 1 second.
PAGE 1723
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers.
PAGE 1724
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The system encrypts the password and the show config command displays the encrypted text string.
PAGE 1725
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. debug vrrp Enable VRRP debugging.
PAGE 1726
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. interface Enter the keyword interface to enable debugging of interface state changes. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to enable debugging for IPv6. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of VRRP control packets. state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes. timer Enter the keyword timer to enable debugging of the VRRP timer.
PAGE 1727
Parameters text Enter a text string up to 80 characters long. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1728
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable VRRP traffic, assign an IP address to the VRRP group using the virtual-address command and enter no disable. Related Commands • virtual-address — specify the IP address of the virtual router.
PAGE 1729
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If a switch is a MASTER and you change the hold timer, disable and re-enable VRRP for the new hold timer value to take effect.
PAGE 1730
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. priority Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. The VRRP protocol uses this value during the MASTER election process. Syntax priority priority To return to the default value, use the no priority command. Parameters priority Enter a number as the priority. Enter 255 only if the router’s virtual address is the same as the interface’s primary IP address (that is, the router is the OWNER).
PAGE 1731
If you set the priority command to 255 and the virtual-address is not equal to the interface’s primary IP address, an error message appears. show config View the nondefault VRRP configuration. Syntax Parameters show config [verbose] verbose (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword verbose to view all the VRRP group configuration information, including default information. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1732
show vrrp View the VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History 1732 show vrrp [vrrp-id][brief][interface type][ipv6][interface type][vrf vrf-name] vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the virtual router identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information about the VRRP groups.
PAGE 1733
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show vrrp brief command.
PAGE 1734
Te 1/3/1 254 254 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.204 200.200.200.205 Dell> Usage Information The following describes the show vrrp command. Item Description TenGigabitEthern et 1/3... Displays the interface, VRRP group ID, and network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. State: master...
PAGE 1735
Hold Down: 0 sec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 1 sec Adv rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 1862, Gratuitous ARP sent: 0 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:01:01 Virtual IP address: 10.1.1.252 Authentication: (none) Tracking states for 1 interfaces: Up TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/4 priority-cost 10 -----------------TenGigabitEthernet 1/4/1, VRID: 2, Net: 10.1.2.253 VRF: 0 default State: Master, Priority: 110, Master: 10.1.2.
PAGE 1736
priority-cost • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1737
Parameters ip-address1 Enter an IP address of the virtual router in dotted decimal format. The IP address must be on the same subnet as the interface’s primary IP address. ... ip-address12 (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 11 additional IP addresses of virtual routers in dotted decimal format. Separate the IP addresses with a space. The IP addresses must be on the same subnet as the interface’s primary IP address. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1738
vrrp delay minimum Set the delay time for VRRP initialization after an interface comes up. Syntax Parameters vrrp delay minimum seconds seconds Enter the number of seconds for the delay for VRRP initialization after an interface becomes operational. The range is from 0 to 900 (0 indicates no delay). Defaults 0 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1739
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the delay. The frange is from 0 to 900 (0 indicates no delay). Defaults 0 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1740
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1741
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
PAGE 1742
• hold-time • preempt • priority • show config • virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. Syntax clear counters vrrp ipv6 [vrid | vrf vrf-name] Parameters vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group; range is from 1 to 255. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a VRF instance to clear the counters of all IPv6 VRRP groups in the specified VRF. The maximum is 32 characters.
PAGE 1743
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1744
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in nondefault VRF instances. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you do not specify an option, debugging is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. show vrrp ipv6 View the active IPv6 VRRP groups.
PAGE 1745
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1746
Line starting with Description • Example Bad pkts rcvd displays the number of invalid packets received on the interface. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected. Tracking states... Displays information on the tracked interfaces or objects configured for a VRRP group (track command), including: • UP or DOWN state of the tracked interface or object (Up or Dn).
PAGE 1747
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.4.2.1 The range of valid VRID values on the E-Series when VRF microcode is loaded in CAM changed from 1 to 15. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series.